United States

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

____________________________________________________________

FORM 10-K

____________________________________________________________

☒	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF<br><br>1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025

OR

☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT<br><br>OF 1934

For the transition period from        to

Commission File Number: 001-34654

____________________________________________________________

WAFD, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

____________________________________________________________

Washington			91-1661606
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or<br><br>organization)			(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
425 Pike Street	Seattle	Washington	98101
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)			(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (206) 624-7930

_____________________________________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each Class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share	WAFD	NASDAQ Stock Market
Depositary Shares, Each Representing a<br><br>1/40th Interest in a Share of 4.875% Fixed<br><br>Rate Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual<br><br>Preferred Stock	WAFDP	NASDAQ Stock Market

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

None

____________________________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the

preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the

past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of

Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such

files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an

emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in

Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☒	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☐	Smaller reporting company	☐
		Emerging growth company	☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or

revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control

over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its

audit report. Yes  ☒     No  ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing

reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by

any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes ☐     No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock ("Common Stock") held on March 31, 2025, the last business day of the registrant's second fiscal

quarter by non-affiliates was $2,276,388,597 based on the NASDAQ Stock Market closing price of $28.58 per share on that date. This is based on 79,649,706

shares of Common Stock that were issued and outstanding on this date, which excludes 1,108,968 shares held by all affiliates.

At November 14, 2025, there were 76,701,002 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

List hereunder the following documents incorporated by reference and the Part of Form 10-K into which the document is incorporated:

(1) Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on February 3, 2026 are incorporated into Part III,

Items 10-14 of this Form 10-K.

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

SEPTEMBER 30, 2025

PART I

Item 1. Business	6
Item 1A. Risk Factors	22
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments	36
Item 1C. Cybersecurity	36
Item 2. Properties	38
Item 3. Legal Proceedings	38
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures	38

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity<br><br>Securities	39
Item 6.  [Reserved]	41
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	41
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks	56
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	61
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	123
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures	123
Item 9B. Other Information	125
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	125

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	125
Item 11. Executive Compensation	125
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters	125
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	126
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services	126

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	127
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary	129
Signatures	129

4

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTOR SUMMARY

WaFd, Inc. ("we" or the "Company") makes statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that constitute forward-

looking statements. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “intends,” “forecasts,” “projects” and other

similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would” and “could” are intended to help identify

such forward-looking statements. These statements are not historical facts, but instead represent current expectations, plans or

forecasts of the Company and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of the management of the Company and the information

available to management at the time that these disclosures were prepared. The Company intends for all such forward-looking

statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private

Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements are not guarantees of future results or performance and involve certain

risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict and often are beyond the Company's control. Actual outcomes

and results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the Company's forward-looking statements.

You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement and should consider the following uncertainties

and risks, as well as the risks and uncertainties discussed elsewhere in this report, including under Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” and

in any of the Company's other subsequent Securities and Exchange Commission filings, which could cause the Company's

future results to differ materially from the plans, objectives, goals, estimates, intentions and expectations expressed in forward-

looking statements:

Operational Risks:

•fluctuating interest rates and the impact of inflation on the Company's business and financial results;

•risks associated with cybersecurity incidents and threat actors;

•risks associated with changes in business structure and divestitures of lines of business, including the Bank's exit from

the single family mortgage lending market;

•economic uncertainty or a deterioration in economic conditions or slowdowns in economic growth, including financial

stress on borrowers (consumers and businesses);

•risks associated with changes to monetary policy by the Federal Reserve;

•global economic trends, including developments related to Ukraine and Russia, the Middle East, and related negative

financial impacts on our borrowers, the financial markets and the global economy;

•risks associated with inflationary pressures and rising prices;

•risks associated with the development and use of artificial intelligence;

•risks related to operational, technological, and third-party provided technology infrastructure;

•risks associated with data privacy laws and regulations;

•possible additional provisions for loan losses and charge-offs; credit risks of lending activities and deterioration in

asset or credit quality; and our ability to make accurate assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan

portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the assets securing these loans;

•risks associated with failures of our risk management framework;

•risks associated with our failure to retain or attract key employees;

•risks related to the impacts of climate change on our business or reputation;

•the effects of natural or man-made disasters, calamities, or conflicts, including terrorist events and pandemics (such as

the COVID-19 pandemic), related regulations, and potential impacts on the creditworthiness of our customers;

Regulatory and Litigation Risk:

•non-compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act, USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, Home Mortgage

Disclosure Act, or other laws and regulations;

•legislative and regulatory limitations, and potential limitations in the manner in which the Company conducts its

business and undertakes new investments and activities;

•risks associated with changes in regulation, regulatory capital requirements or regulatory oversight, accounting rules,

and laws;

•risks associated with increases to deposit insurance premiums or special assessments;

•litigation risks resulting in significant expenses, losses and reputational damage;

•environmental risks resulting from our real estate lending business;

Market and Industry Risk:

•eroding confidence in the banking system and regional banks in particular;

•downturns in the real estate market;

5

•changes in banking operations, including a shift from retail to online activities;

•risks associated with inadequate or faulty underwriting and loan collection practices;

•risks associated with our geographic concentration, including the effects of a severe economic downturn, including

high unemployment rates and declines in housing prices and both commercial and residential property values, in our

primary market areas;

•impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets;

Competitive Risks:

•competition from other financial institutions and new market participants, offering services similar to those offered by

the Bank, and consolidation in the industry resulting in the creation of larger competitors with greater financial

resources;

•the ability of the Company to obtain external financing to fund its operations or obtain financing on favorable terms,

when needed;

•our ability to grow organically or through acquisitions;

•risks associated with our entry into the California market;

Security Ownership Risks:

•negative effects of activist shareholders;

•our ability to continue to pay dividends, including on our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock; and make stock

repurchases;

•risks related to the volatility of our Common Stock, and future dilution;

•risks related to Washington's anti-takeover statute;

General Risks:

•the success of the Company at managing the risks involved in the foregoing and managing its business; and

•the timing and occurrence or non-occurrence of events that may be subject to circumstances beyond the Company's

control.

For the reasons described above, we caution you against relying on any forward-looking statements. You should not

consider the summary of such factors to be an exhaustive statement of all risks, uncertainties, or potentially inaccurate

assumptions that could cause our current expectations or beliefs to change. Further, all forward-looking statements speak only

as of the date on which such statements are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-

looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events, changes to future operating results

over time, or the impact of circumstances arising after the date the forward-looking statement was made.

6

Item 1.                 Business

General

WaFd Bank, a federally-insured Washington state chartered commercial bank formerly known as Washington Federal Bank

(the "Bank" or "WaFd Bank"), was founded on April 24, 1917 in Ballard, Washington and is engaged primarily in providing

lending, depository, insurance and other banking services to consumers, small, mid-sized and large businesses, and owners and

developers of commercial real estate.  Effective September 25, 2025, the Bank formally changed its name from Washington Federal

Bank to WaFd Bank by filing its Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation with the Washington Secretary of State.

WaFd, Inc., a Washington corporation, was formed as the Bank’s holding company in November, 1994. As used throughout this

document, the terms "WaFd," the "Company" or "we" or "us" and "our" refer to WaFd, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and

the term "Bank" or "WaFd Bank" refers to its bank operating subsidiary. The Company is headquartered in Seattle, Washington.

On November 9, 1982 the Company listed and began trading on the NASDAQ. Profitable operations have been recorded

every year since going public. As of September 30, 2025, the stock traded at 82 times its original 1982 offering price, has paid 170

consecutive quarterly cash dividends and has returned 14,253% total shareholder return to those who invested 43 years ago.

On February 29, 2024, WaFd, Inc. closed its merger with Luther Burbank Corporation ("Luther Burbank" or "LBC"), a

California corporation, effective as of 12:00am on March 1, 2024.  Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time Luther

Burbank merged with and into the Company (the “Corporate Merger”), with the Company surviving the Corporate Merger.

Promptly following the Corporate Merger, Luther Burbank’s wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Luther Burbank Savings, merged with

and into WaFd Bank with WaFd Bank as the surviving institution (the “Bank Merger”). The Corporate Merger and the Bank Merger

are collectively referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as the “Merger.” The Merger added approximately $7.7 billion of

LBC assets at fair value to the Company's balance sheet, and the Company assumed $50,175,000 in floating rate junior subordinated

debentures, due June 2036 and June 2037, and $93,514,000 in 6.5% senior unsecured term notes which matured and were paid off

on September 30, 2024. The Merger expanded WaFd Bank's footprint to nine western states with the addition of ten California

branches of Luther Burbank.

The Company's fiscal year end is September 30th. All references herein to 2025, 2024 and 2023 represent balances as of

September 30, 2025, September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively, or activity for the fiscal years then ended.

The business of the Bank consists primarily of accepting deposits from the general public and investing these funds in loans of

various types, including construction loans, land acquisition and development loans, loans on multi-family, commercial real estate

and other income producing properties, and business loans, including U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans. In

January, 2025, the Bank announced it will no longer originate consumer single family home loans and home equity lines of credit.

Our existing consumer home loans still make up a significant portion of our loan portfolio.  The Bank also invests in certain United

States government and agency obligations and other investments permitted by applicable laws and regulations. As of September 30,

2025, WaFd Bank has 208 branches located in Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Utah, Nevada, New Mexico, California and

Texas. The Bank delivers its financial products and services to customers through both its branch network and digital channels,

including its website and mobile banking application (information contained on our website and mobile application are not

incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K). The Company is also engaged in insurance brokerage activities

through the Bank’s subsidiary, WaFd Insurance Group, Inc., and wealth management products and services through WaFd Wealth,

Inc., a subsidiary of the Company.

The principal sources of funds for the Company's activities are retained earnings, loan repayments, net deposit inflows,

borrowings and repayments and sales of investments. WaFd's principal sources of revenue are interest on loans and interest and

dividends on investments. Its principal expenses are interest paid on deposits, credit costs, general and administrative expenses,

interest on borrowings and income taxes.

The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by its primary state regulator, the Washington

State Department of Financial Institutions (the "WDFI"), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), its primary federal

regulator, which insures its deposits up to applicable limits, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB"). The

Company, as a bank holding company, is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Board of Governors of

the Federal Reserve System ("Federal Reserve").

The regulatory structure gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and

enforcement activities. Any change in such regulation, whether by the WDFI, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve, the CFPB or the U.S.

Congress, could have a significant impact on the Company and its operations. See “WaFd Bank, wholly-owned operating subsidiary

— Regulation” section below.

7

Lending Activities

The Company's net loan portfolio totaled $20,088,618,000 at September 30, 2025 and represents 75.2% of total assets. Lending activities include the origination of

commercial loans secured by real estate, adjustable-rate construction loans, adjustable-rate land development loans, fixed-rate and adjustable-rate multi-family loans, fixed-

rate and adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans and fixed-rate and adjustable-rate business loans. Beginning in January 2025, the Bank announced it will no longer

originate consumer single family home loans and home equity lines of credit, however, existing consumer home loans still make up a significant portion of our loan

portfolio.

The following table is a summary of loans receivable by loan portfolio segment and class.

	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024	September 30, 2023
	( in thousands)
Gross loans by category
Commercial loans
Multi-family	4,718,480	4,658,119	2,907,086
Commercial real estate	3,604,600	3,757,040	3,344,959
Commercial & industrial	2,392,685	2,337,139	2,321,717
Construction	1,756,890	2,174,254	3,318,994
Land - acquisition & development	179,099	200,713	201,538
Total commercial loans	12,651,754	13,127,265	12,094,294
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	8,053,771	8,399,030	6,451,270
Construction - custom	150,237	384,161	672,643
Land - consumer lot loans	89,298	108,791	125,723
HELOC	267,871	266,151	234,410
Consumer	61,461	73,998	70,164
Total consumer loans	8,622,638	9,232,131	7,554,210
Total gross loans	21,274,392	22,359,396	19,648,504
Less:
Allowance for credit losses (1)	199,720	203,753	177,207
Loans in process	773,606	1,009,798	1,895,940
Net deferred fees, costs and discounts	212,448	229,491	98,807
Total loan contra accounts	1,185,774	1,443,042	2,171,954
Net loans	20,088,618	20,916,354	17,476,550

All values are in US Dollars.

__________________

(1) The ACL within the table does not include the reserve for unfunded commitments which was $21,500,000, $21,500,000 and  $24,500,000 as of

September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

8

Lending Programs and Policies. The Bank's lending activities include commercial and consumer loans, including the

following loan categories.

Commercial real estate loans.  The Bank makes loans on a variety of commercial real estate (“CRE”) types which are

generally secured by the subject property.  Management differentiates multi-family properties from the rest of our CRE

portfolio as these loans have key differences in their risk profile.

The following table provides detail of the amortized cost of non-multi family CRE loans by property type:

	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2023
	( in thousands)
Office	802,868	$815,776
Industrial	816,758	591,507
Retail	356,229	377,300
Warehouse/Self Storage	293,693	252,677
Medical/dental	231,622	198,208
Mixed Use	188,298	232,564
Hotel/motel	192,148	228,503
Other	707,334	613,566
Total commercial real estate loans	3,588,950	$3,310,101

All values are in US Dollars.

Within the types listed above, a CRE subject property could be either owner or non-owner occupied. The following table

provides the amortized cost of CRE loans by occupation status:

	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024		September 30, 2023
	( in thousands)
Non-owner occupied	2,988,265	$3,130,637	84%	$2,715,693	82%
Owner occupied	600,685	601,518	16%	594,408	18%
Total commercial real estate loans	3,588,950	$3,732,155	100%	$3,310,101	100%

All values are in US Dollars.

In underwriting, the Bank considers a number of factors, which include the historic and projected net cash flows to the

loan's debt service requirement, the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower

and the borrower's experience in owning or managing similar properties. CRE loans are originated in amounts up to 75% of the

appraised value of the property securing the loan.

With CRE loans, credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of

loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic and societal conditions on income-producing properties and the primary

source of cash flow for repayment being spread across multiple tenants (non-owner). Repayment of CRE loans depends upon

the successful operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower's ability

to repay the loan may be impaired. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks through its underwriting policies, which require

such loans to be qualified at origination on the basis of the property's income and debt service ratio.

Multi-family residential loans. Multi-family residential (five or more dwelling units) loans generally are secured by

multi-family rental properties, such as apartment buildings. In underwriting multi-family residential loans, the Bank considers

the same factors considered for CRE loans. Like CRE, multi-family residential loans are originated in amounts up to 75% of the

appraised value of the property securing the loan.

Loans secured by multi-family residential real estate generally involve different credit risk than single-family residential

loans and carry larger loan balances. This different credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of

principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic and societal conditions on income-

9

producing properties, the primary source of cash flow for repayment being spread across multiple tenants, the effects of

government orders such as eviction forbearance and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans.

It is the Bank's policy to obtain title insurance ensuring that it has a valid first lien on the mortgaged real estate serving as

collateral for the loan. Borrowers must also obtain hazard insurance prior to closing and, when required by regulation, flood

insurance. Borrowers may be required to advance funds on a monthly basis, together with each payment of principal and

interest, to a mortgage escrow account from which the Bank makes disbursements for items such as real estate taxes, hazard

insurance premiums and private mortgage insurance premiums when due.

Commercial and industrial loans. The Bank makes various types of business loans to customers in its market area for

working capital, acquiring real estate, SBA program financing, financing equipment or other business purposes, such as

acquisitions. The terms of these loans generally range from less than one year to a maximum of ten years. The loans are either

negotiated on a fixed-rate basis or carry adjustable interest rates indexed to the Secured Overnight Funding Rate ("SOFR"),

Prime Rate or another market rate.

Commercial loans are made based upon assessment of the borrower's ability and willingness to repay along with an

evaluation of secondary repayment sources such as the value and marketability of collateral. Most such loans are extended to

closely held businesses and the personal guaranty of the principal is usually obtained. Commercial loans have a relatively high

risk of default compared to residential real estate loans. Pricing of commercial loans is based on the credit risk of the borrower

with consideration given to the overall relationship of the borrower, including deposits and contributed equity/loan-to-value

ratio. The acquisition of business deposits is an important focus of this business line. The Bank provides a full line of treasury

management products to support the depository needs of its customers.

Construction loans. The Bank originates construction loans to finance construction of single-family and multi-family

residences as well as commercial properties. Loans made to builders are generally tied to an interest rate index and normally

have maturities of two years or less or are structured such that they convert to a permanent loan after the completion of

construction or stabilization of the property. Legacy loans made to individuals for construction of their home generally are 30-

year fixed rate loans. The Bank's policies provided that for residential construction loans, loans may be made for 85% or less of

the construction cost or 80% of the appraised value of the property upon completion, whichever is less. As a result of activity

over the past four decades, the Bank believes that builders of single-family residences in its primary market areas consider the

Bank to be a construction lender of choice.  Because of this history, the Bank has developed a staff with in-depth land

development and construction experience and working relationships with selected builders based on their operating histories

and financial stability.

Construction lending involves a higher level of risk than single-family residential lending due to the concentration of

principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers and the effects of general economic conditions in the home building

industry.  Moreover, a construction loan can involve additional risks because of the complexities of completing the

construction, the inherent difficulty in estimating the cost (including interest) of the project, the future cash flows and the

property's value at completion of the project.

Land development loans. The Bank's land development loans are of a short-term nature and are generally made for 75%

or less of the appraised value of the unimproved property. Funds are disbursed periodically at various stages of completion as

authorized by the Bank's personnel. The interest rate on these loans typically adjust daily or monthly in accordance with a

designated index.

Land development loans involve a higher degree of credit risk than long-term financing on owner-occupied real estate.

Mitigation of risk of loss on a land development loan is dependent largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the

property's value at completion of development compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of development and the

financial strength of the borrower.

Consumer loans.  The Bank's non-mortgage consumer loan portfolio consists of prime quality student loans acquired

from an independent financial investment firm that retains 1% of each loan, plus various other non-mortgage consumer loans

including personal lines of credit and credit cards.

Single-family residential loans. In January 2025, the Bank announced its exit from the single-family mortgage lending

market, including home equity lines of credit  ("HELOC"). Prior to this exit, the Bank originated 30-year fixed-rate mortgage

loans and HELOCs secured by single-family residences. Mortgage lending prior to exit was subject to written,

nondiscriminatory underwriting standards, loan origination procedures and lending policies approved by the Company's Board

of Directors (the "Board"). Although the Bank is no longer originating these loans, there are currently no plans to sell loans

from the existing portfolio.

10

Property valuations were required on all real estate loans. Appraisals were prepared by independent appraisers, reviewed

by staff of the Bank, and approved by the Bank's management. Property evaluations were sometimes utilized in lieu of

appraisals on single-family real estate loans of $250,000 or less and were reviewed by the Bank's staff. Detailed loan

applications were obtained to determine the borrower's ability to repay and the more significant items on these applications are

verified through the use of credit reports, financial statements or written confirmations.

Depending on the size of the loan involved, a varying number of officers of the Bank must approve the loan application

before the loan could be granted. Federal guidelines limit the amount of a real estate loan made to a specified percentage of the

value of the property securing the loan, as determined by an evaluation at the time the loan is originated. This is referred to as

the loan-to-value ratio. The Board sets the maximum loan-to-value ratios for each type of real estate loan offered by the Bank.

When establishing general reserves for loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80% that are not insured by private

mortgage insurance, the Bank considers the additional risk inherent in these products, as well as their relative loan loss

experience, and provides reserves when deemed appropriate. The total balance for loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding

80% at origination as of September 30, 2025, was $136,605,000, with allocated reserves of $1,256,000.

Origination and Purchase of Loans. The Bank has general authority to lend anywhere in the United States; however, its

primary lending areas are within the states of Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Utah, Nevada, New Mexico, California and

Texas.  Loan originations come from a variety of sources, although most business purpose loans are obtained primarily by

direct solicitation of borrowers and ongoing relationships.

The Bank also purchases loans and mortgage-backed securities when lending rates and volume for new loan

originations in its market area do not fulfill its needs.

11

The table below shows the Bank's total loan origination, purchase and repayment activities.

Twelve Months Ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
	(In thousands)
Commercial loan originations (1)
Multi-family	$104,035	$60,730	$136,788
Commercial Real Estate	384,749	246,930	223,361
Commercial & Industrial	1,667,064	1,677,371	2,032,460
Construction	1,038,182	603,829	1,046,971
Land – Acquisition & Development	94,864	45,406	34,946
Total commercial loans	3,288,894	2,634,266	3,474,526
Consumer loan originations (1)
Single-family residential	211,686	430,272	610,130
Construction – custom	95,835	209,781	346,784
Land – Consumer Lot Loans	7,340	21,187	21,133
HELOC	145,501	161,917	154,030
Consumer	206,943	174,648	95,553
Total consumer loans	667,305	997,805	1,227,630
Total loans originated	3,956,199	3,632,071	4,702,156
Loans purchased (3)	113,069	6,207,393	80,015
Loans sold (4)	—	(3,017,506)	—
Loan principal repayments	(5,145,176)	(4,302,359)	(4,435,269)
Net change in loans in process, discounts, etc. (2)	248,172	920,205	1,016,084
Net loan activity increase (decrease)	$(827,736)	$3,439,804	$1,362,986
Beginning balance	$20,916,354	$17,476,550	$16,113,564
Ending balance	$20,088,618	$20,916,354	$17,476,550

___________________

(1)Includes undisbursed loan in process.

(2)Includes non-cash transactions.

(3)Loans purchased in fiscal 2024 refer to those obtained in the Merger

(4)Loans sold in fiscal 2024 refer to multi-family and single-family residential loans obtained in the Merger and were classified as held

for sale.

Interest Rates, Loan Fees and Service Charges. Interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are primarily determined by the

competitive loan rates offered in its lending areas and in the secondary market. Loan rates reflect factors such as general interest

rates, the supply of money available to the industry and the demand for such loans. General economic conditions, the regulatory

programs and policies of federal and state agencies, including the Federal Reserve Bank’s monetary policies, changes in tax

laws and governmental budgetary programs influence these factors.

The Bank receives fees for originating loans in addition to various fees and charges related to existing loans, including

prepayment charges, late charges and assumption fees. The Bank normally charges an origination fee and as part of the loan

application, the borrower paid the Bank for out-of-pocket costs, such as the appraisal fee, whether or not the borrower closes

the loan. The interest rate charged is normally the prevailing rate at the time the loan application is approved and accepted.

Investment Activities

The Bank is obligated by its regulators to maintain adequate liquidity and does so by holding cash and cash equivalents

and by investing in securities. These investments may include, among other things, certain certificates of deposit, repurchase

agreements, bankers’ acceptances, loans to financial institutions whose deposits are federally-insured, federal funds, corporate

and municipal debt, United States government and agency obligations and mortgage-backed securities.

12

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits are the primary source of the Bank’s funds for use in lending and other general business purposes. In

addition to deposits, the Bank derives funds from loan repayments, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines

("FHLB - DM"), borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB"), and from investment repayments and sales. Loan

repayments are a relatively stable source of funds influenced by prevailing market rates that drive refinancing activity, while

deposit inflows and outflows are influenced by both market and offered interest rates, money market conditions, the availability

of FDIC insurance and the market perception of the Company’s financial stability. Borrowings may be used on a short-term

basis to compensate for reductions in normal sources of funds, such as deposit inflows at lower than projected levels.

Borrowings may also be used on a longer-term basis to support expanded activities and to manage interest rate risk. Borrowing

capacity and availability is influenced by interest rates, market conditions, availability of collateral and the market's perception

of the Bank's financial stability.

Deposits. The Bank relies on a mix of deposit types, including business and personal checking accounts, term certificates of

deposit, and other savings deposit alternatives that have no fixed term, such as money market accounts and passbook savings

accounts. The Bank offers several consumer checking account products, both interest bearing and non-interest bearing and

several business checking accounts, some of which target small businesses with relatively simple and straightforward banking

needs and some for larger, more complex business depositors with an account that prices monthly based on the volume and type

of activity. Savings and money market accounts are offered to both businesses and consumers, with interest paid after certain

threshold amounts are exceeded.

The Bank’s deposits are obtained primarily from residents of Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Utah, Nevada, New

Mexico, California and Texas.

Borrowings. The Bank has a credit line with the FHLB - DM for up to 45% of total assets depending on specific collateral

eligibility. The Bank obtains advances from the FHLB - DM based upon the security of the FHLB capital stock it owns and

certain of its loans, provided certain standards related to credit worthiness have been met. Such advances are made pursuant to

several different credit programs. Each credit program has its own interest rate and range of maturities, and the FHLB - DM

prescribes acceptable uses to which the advances pursuant to each program may be put, as well as limitations on the size of such

advances. Depending on the program, such limitations are based either on a fixed percentage of assets or the Company's credit

worthiness. FHLB advances are used to meet seasonal and other withdrawals of deposit accounts and to fund expansion of the

Bank's lending.

The Bank may need to borrow funds for short periods of time to meet day-to-day financing needs. In these instances,

funds are borrowed from other financial institutions or the Federal Reserve Bank, for periods generally ranging from one to

seven days at the then current borrowing rate.

The Bank also participates in the FRB of San Francisco Borrower-in-Custody program which collateralizes primary credit

borrowings and serves as a backstop for the FHLB - DM credit line. Due to differing program requirements between the FHLB

• DM and FRB of San Francisco, participating in both increases the amount of eligible collateral that may be pledged in support

of contingent liquidity needs.

The Bank Merger with LBC provided a credit line with the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (FHLB - SF) in

support of LBC borrowings, but the Bank is unable to take down new advances against this line as the Bank is not allowed to

belong to more than one FHLB. The FHLB - SF credit line is secured by a line-item pledge of securities.

For further information on these activities, see Note L to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial

Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.

Subsidiaries

The Company is a bank holding company that conducts its primary business through its wholly-owned subsidiary, WaFd

Bank. The Company has nine active direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, discussed further below.

WAFD Insurance Group, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the state of Washington and is an insurance agency that

offers a full line of individual and business insurance policies to customers of the Bank, as well as to the general public.  As of

September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, WAFD Insurance Group, Inc. had total assets of $22,465,000 and $23,174,000,

respectively.

13

Statewide Mortgage Services Company is incorporated under the laws of the state of Washington and it holds and

markets real estate owned. As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, Statewide Mortgage Services Company had

total assets of $2,472,000 and $2,506,000, respectively.

Washington Services, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the state of Washington. It acts as a trustee under deeds of

trust as to which the Bank is beneficiary. As of both September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, Washington Services, Inc.

had total assets of $13,000.

WAFD Wealth, Inc. is a subsidiary of the Company and is incorporated under the laws of the state of Deleware and offers

personalized financial guidance and investment services. As of September 30, 2025, WAFD Wealth, Inc. had total assets of

$4,784,000.  WAFD Wealth was not a subsidiary as of September 30, 2024.

Pike Street Labs, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the state of Washington. It provides technology and data services

to the Bank. As of September 30, 2025, Pike Street Labs, Inc. had total assets of $4,644,000.  Pike Street Labs, Inc. was not a

subsidiary as of September 30, 2024.

The Company also owns Burbank Financial Inc., an inactive real estate investment company, and all the common interests

in Luther Burbank Statutory Trusts I and II, entities created to issue trust preferred securities that were acquired in connection

with the Merger. The Company also obtained in the Merger with LBC a LIHTC investment in Raymond James Housing

Opportunities Fund 76 LLC, a Florida limited liability company.  WaFd is the only investor member and is allocated 99.99% of

any tax credits and operating profits and losses from the LLC but the day-today management and control is in the hands of the

management member, and affiliate of Raymond James Financial, Inc.

Human Capital

At WaFd Bank, our culture is defined by our corporate values of integrity, teamwork, ownership, simplicity, service and

discipline. We value our employees by investing in a healthy work-life balance, competitive compensation and benefit packages

and a vibrant, team-oriented environment centered on professional service and open communication amongst employees. We

strive to build and maintain a high-performing culture and be an “employer of choice” by creating a work environment that

attracts and retains outstanding, engaged employees who embody our company mantra of “Love what you do. Make a

difference.”

Demographics. As of September 30, 2025, we employed 2037 full and part time employees. None of these employees

are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. During fiscal year 2025 we hired 441 employees. Our voluntary turnover

rate was 18.12% in fiscal year 2025, an  increase from 15.80% in 2024.

As of September 30, 2025, the population of our workforce was as follows:

Headcount by Ethnicity & Gender 2025

14

Learning and Development. We invest in the growth and development of our employees by providing a multi-

dimensional approach to learning that empowers, intellectually grows, and professionally develops our colleagues. Our

employees, including leadership, receive continuing education courses that are relevant to the banking industry and their job

function within the Company. All new employees attend our two-day new hire orientation, Welcome to WaFd. In addition, we

offer our Education Tuition Assistance Program, designed to encourage an employee's advancement and growth. We also offer

the Retail Bank Peer Mentor Program and branch banking certifications for our branch employees. These resources provide

employees with the skills they need to achieve their career goals, build management skills and become leaders within our

Company.

Compensation and Benefits. We provide a competitive compensation and benefits program to help meet the needs of

our employees. In addition to salaries, these programs include annual bonuses, stock awards, a 401(k) Plan with an employer

matching contribution in addition to an employer annual contribution, healthcare and insurance benefits, health savings, flexible

spending accounts, paid time off, family leave and an employee assistance program.

Workplace Safety & Wellness. We prioritize the importance of our employees’ health and the health of their families.

We offer healthcare plans where the Company pays a significant portion of the monthly premiums for employees and their

children. Our benefits program also includes a Health Savings Account ("HSA") option in addition to Flexible Spending

Accounts ("FSA"). We believe maintaining a competitive benefits program is a sound investment in attracting newcomers and

retaining loyal, dedicated and enthusiastic colleagues. Benefits we offer to employees include:

•Health insurance including dental & vision.

•Flexible spending plans for healthcare and childcare expenses.

•Employer-paid life insurance & accidental death and dismemberment coverage.

•Long-term disability insurance.

•Employee assistance program to provide access to counseling and support well-being.

Corporate Social and Environmental Responsibility

We recognize the social and environmental responsibility that arises from the impact of our activities on peoples’ lives

and our community. The Company's Corporate and Social Environmental Policy integrates social, environmental and ethical

concerns into our daily business activities and our approach to stakeholder relationships. Through this policy, we strive to carry

out our banking activities in a responsible manner, placing the financial needs of our customers and economic health of our

communities at the core of our focus. Below is a summary of our community activities and financial contributions in 2025.

15

The Company

General. The Company is registered as a bank holding company and is subject to regulation, examination, supervision and

reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve Bank.

Regulation. The Company operates in a highly regulated industry. The regulatory structure governing the Company’s

operations is designed primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and consumers, and not to benefit our

shareholders. As part of this regulatory structure, the Company is subject to policies and other guidance developed by the

regulatory agencies with respect to capital levels, the timing and amount of dividend payments, the classification of assets and

the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Under this structure, regulators have broad discretion

to impose restrictions and limitations on the Company’s operations if they determine, among other things, that such operations

are unsafe or unsound, fail to comply with applicable law or are otherwise inconsistent with laws and regulations or with the

supervisory policies of these agencies.

Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations can result in a range of sanctions and enforcement actions,

including the imposition of civil money penalties, formal agreements and cease and desist orders. In order to ensure the

Company's programs and operations are in compliance with regulatory requirements, the Company has and will continue to

incur significant costs in order to comply in accordance with its responsibilities.

For further information on regulatory matters, see Note A to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial

Statements and Supplementary Data” as well as the "Risk Factors" section of this report and the "USA Patriot Act of 2001"

discussion below.

Sections below include a description of certain laws and regulations that relate to the regulation of the Company and the

Bank. The description of these laws and regulations, and descriptions of laws and regulations contained elsewhere herein, do

not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations.

Restrictions on Activities and Acquisitions. Bank holding companies are subject to a variety of restrictions on their activities

and the acquisitions they can make. Generally, the activities or acquisition of a bank holding company that is not a financial

holding company are limited to those that constitute banking or managing or controlling banks or which are closely related to

banking. In addition, without the prior approval of the FRB, bank holding companies are generally prohibited from acquiring

more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company, taking any action

16

that causes a bank to become a subsidiary of the bank holding company, acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of a bank,

or merging with another bank holding company.

Control of Company or Bank. Pursuant to the Change in Bank Control Act, (the “CIBC Act”) individuals, corporations or

other entities acquiring Company equity interests may, alone or together with other investors, be deemed to control a holding

company or a bank. If an acquisition is deemed to constitute control of the holding company or bank and is not subject to

approval under the Bank Holding Company Act or certain other statutes, such person or group will be required to file a notice

under the CIBC Act. Generally, ownership of, or power to vote, more than 25% of any class of voting securities constitutes

control. In the case of a bank or bank holding company the securities of which are registered with the SEC, ownership of or

power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities creates a presumption of control.

Source of Strength. Under long-standing FRB policy, a bank holding company is expected to serve as a source of financial and

management strength to its subsidiary bank. Under this policy, a bank holding company is expected to stand ready to provide

adequate capital funds to its subsidiary bank during periods of financial adversity and to maintain financial flexibility and

capital raising capacity to assist its subsidiary bank. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength doctrine by adopting a

statutory provision requiring, among other things, that bank holding companies serve as a source of financial strength to their

subsidiary banks.

Restrictions on Company Dividends.  The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders is affected by several

factors. Since the Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and its subsidiaries and does not have significant operations

of its own, the Company may not be able to pay dividends to its shareholders if the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the

Company.  The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is subject to various regulatory restrictions.

In addition, the Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to rules and policies of the FRB. It is the policy of the

Federal Reserve that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends only out of income available over the past year and

only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the company’s expected future needs and financial condition. Capital

rules adopted by the Federal Reserve, effective January 2015, may limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends if the Company

fails to meet certain requirements under the rules. In addition, if we do not or are unable to pay quarterly dividends on our

Series A Preferred Stock, we may not pay a dividend to the holders of our Common Stock. See “WaFd Bank, wholly-owned

operating subsidiary - Restrictions on Dividends” below.

Since the Company is a Washington state corporation, it is also subject to restrictions under Washington corporate law

relating to dividends. Generally, under Washington law, a corporation may not pay a dividend if, after giving effect to the

dividend, the corporation would be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of business or the

corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus (with some exceptions) the amount that would be

needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the dividend payment, to satisfy the dissolution preferences of

senior equity securities.

Enterprise Risk Management. The Company faces a number of risks, including credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk,

operations risk, cybersecurity risk, regulatory risk, compliance and legal risk, strategic risk, and reputational risk. The Risk

Management Committee of the Board (“RMC”) establishes the Company's risk appetite and sets appropriate risk limits and

policies.  The RMC is responsible for providing ongoing review, guidance and oversight of the Company's enterprise risk

management function. Management is responsible for managing the Company's risks on a day-to-day basis in accordance with

the policies established by the Board.

The Company's Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) chairs the Enterprise Risk Management Committee (“ERMC”), a

management-level committee that is responsible for executing the risk management framework adopted by the Board.  The

ERMC maintains enterprise-wide oversight of risk assessment, monitoring and reporting.  The ERMC meets at least quarterly

to identify, evaluate, monitor, and account for new, existing and emerging risks to the Company.  Identified risks are evaluated,

analyzed, prioritized and tracked by the ERMC in a manner to be compatible with effective internal controls, risk management

practices and the policies adopted by the Board.  The ERMC develops risk management programs and processes to incorporate

risk considerations into day-to-day business activities across the Company’s risk categories, business lines and functions.  To

support the ERMC’s risk management function, certain types of risks are overseen by other management level committees.  For

example, the Company’s Asset Liability Committee is responsible for managing interest rate and liquidity risks and the credit

administration department tracks credit risks.

On at least a quarterly basis, the Company’s CRO, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Information Officer, Chief Information

Security Officer, Chief Credit Officer, and other members of management report directly to the RMC to provide reporting on

17

risk levels, key risks, emerging risks and the Company’s compliance with the risk management framework, risk limits and risk

appetites adopted by the RMC.

The Company carries out its risk management practices through its “three lines of defense” model, which is designed to

establish effective checks and balances within its risk management framework. The first line of defense is business units and

process owners within the Company which are responsible for maintaining effective internal controls and executing risk and

control procedures on a day to day basis.  The second line of defense is the Company’s risk management, compliance and other

control functions which are responsible for ensuring that the first line of defense is properly designed, in place, and operating

effectively.  The third line of defense is the Company’s internal audit function, which provides independent assessment and

assurance regarding the effectiveness of governance, risk management and internal controls.

WaFd Bank, wholly-owned operating subsidiary

General. The Bank is a federally-insured Washington state chartered commercial bank. The WDFI is the Bank's primary state

regulator and the FDIC is its primary federal regulatory. The Bank is a member of the FDIC and its deposits are insured up to

applicable limits of the Depository Insurance Fund (“DIF”), which is administered by the FDIC.

Regulation. The WDFI and FDIC have extensive authority over the operations of the Bank. As part of this authority, the Bank

is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examinations by both the WDFI and FDIC. As a Washington

state chartered commercial bank with branches in the states of Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Utah, Nevada, Arizona, New

Mexico, California and Texas, the Bank is subject not only to the applicable laws and regulations of Washington State, but is

also subject to the applicable laws and regulations of these other states in which it does business. Various laws and regulations

prescribe the investment and lending authority of the Bank, and the Bank is prohibited from engaging in any activities not

permitted by such laws and regulations. While the Bank has broad authority to engage in all types of lending activities, a variety

of restrictions apply to certain other investments by the Bank, as discussed below.

Interstate Banking.  Subject to certain limitations and restrictions, a bank holding company, with prior approval of the FRB,

may acquire an out-of-state bank; banks in states that do not prohibit out-of-state mergers may merge with the approval of the

appropriate federal banking agency, and a bank may establish a de novo branch out of state if such branching is permitted by

the other state.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the maximum amount of federal deposit insurance coverage was

permanently increased from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor, per institution. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base

for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital

of a financial institution. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act raised the minimum designated reserve ratio, which the FDIC is

required to set each year for the DIF, to 1.35%. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to

depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The FDIC has established a higher reserve ratio of 2%

as a long-term goal beyond what is required by statute.

Brokered Deposits. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act prohibits an insured depository institution from accepting brokered

deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher than the prevailing rate in the bank’s normal market area

or nationally (depending upon where the deposits are solicited), unless it is well-capitalized or is adequately capitalized and

receives a waiver from the FDIC. A depository institution that is adequately capitalized and accepts brokered deposits under a

waiver from the FDIC may not pay an interest rate on any deposit in excess of national and local rate caps set by the FDIC and

published on its website.

Transactions with Affiliates; Insider Loans. Under current federal law, all transactions between and among a bank and its

affiliates, including holding companies, are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W

promulgated thereunder. Generally, these requirements limit extensions of credit and certain other such transactions by the bank

to affiliates to a percentage of the institution's capital and generally such transactions must be collateralized. Generally, all

affiliate transactions must be on terms at least as favorable to the bank as transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, a bank

may not lend to any affiliate engaged in non-banking activities that are not permissible for a bank holding company or acquire

shares of any affiliate that is not a subsidiary. Federal law authorizes the imposition of additional restrictions on transactions

with affiliates if necessary to protect the safety and soundness of a bank.

Extensions of credit by a bank to executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are subject to Section 22(h) of

the Federal Reserve Act, which, among other things, generally prohibits loans to any such individual where the aggregate

amount exceeds an amount equal to 15% of an institution's unimpaired capital and surplus plus an additional 10% of

18

unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral. Section 22(h) permits

loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is

widely available to employees of a subject bank provided that no preference is given to any officer, director or principal

shareholder, or related interest thereto, over any other employee. In addition, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a

bank to all insiders cannot exceed the institution's unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section 22(g) places additional

restrictions on loans to executive officers.

The affiliate transaction rules in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act broaden the definition of affiliate and

apply these rules to securities lending, repurchase agreements and derivatives. These rules also strengthen collateral

requirements and limit Federal Reserve exemptive authority. Further, the definition of “extension of credit” for transactions

with executive officers, directors and principal shareholders includes credit exposure arising from a derivative transaction, a

repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement or a securities lending or borrowing transaction. These provisions have not had a

material effect on the Company or the Bank.

Restrictions on Dividends. The amount of dividends payable by the Bank to the Company depends upon its earnings and

capital position, and is limited by federal and state laws, regulations and policies, including the capital conservation buffer

requirement. Federal law further provides that no insured depository institution may make any capital distribution (which

includes a cash dividend) if, after making the distribution, the institution would be “undercapitalized,” as defined in the prompt

corrective action regulations. Moreover, the federal bank regulatory agencies also have the general authority to limit the

dividends paid by insured banks if such payments should be deemed to constitute an unsafe and unsound practice. In addition,

under Washington law, no bank may declare or pay any dividend in an amount greater than its retained earnings without the

prior approval of the WDFI. WDFI also has the power to require any bank to suspend the payment of any and all dividends.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, which is one of 11

regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members for making home mortgage loans, as well as loans for affordable

housing and community development. Each FHLB serves members within its assigned region and is funded primarily through

proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. Loans are made to members in accordance with

the policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB. At September 30, 2025, total FHLB advances to

the Bank amounted to $1,765,604,000. As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of Des

Moines. The Bank also acquired the stock of the FHLB San Francisco in the Merger but is not a member of this FHLB. At

September 30, 2025, the Bank held $85,301,000 in FHLB-DM stock and $2,767,000 in FHLB-SF stock, which was in

compliance with requirements.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. Banks have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act

("CRA") and related regulations of the FDIC to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-

income neighborhoods. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act (together, the "Fair Lending

Laws") prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes.

An institution's failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its

activities. Failure to comply with the Fair Lending Laws could result in enforcement actions by the FDIC, the CFPB and other

federal regulatory agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice.

USA Patriot Act of 2001. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 ("Patriot Act"), through amendments to the federal Bank Secrecy

Act (“BSA”), substantially broadened the scope of United States anti money-laundering laws and regulations by imposing

significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial

scope of United States jurisdiction. The United States Treasury Department has issued a number of regulations under the Patriot

Act that apply to financial institutions such as the Bank. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to

maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing

and to verify the identity of their customers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate risk-based

programs reasonably designed to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply satisfactorily with all relevant

Patriot Act and BSA requirements, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020.  The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AML Act”) was enacted as part of the

National Defense Authorization Act and requires the U.S. Treasury Department to issue National Anti-Money Laundering and

Countering the Financing of Terrorism Priorities ("AML/CFT"), which occurred in June 2021.  The AML Act also includes a

requirement to conduct studies and issue regulations that may alter some of the due diligence, recordkeeping and reporting

requirements that the BSA and Patriot Act impose on financial institutions. The AML Act also promotes increased information-

sharing and use of technology and increases penalties for violations of the BSA and includes whistleblower incentives, both of

which could increase the prospect of regulatory enforcement.

19

Regulatory Capital Requirements. Bank holding companies and federally insured banks are required to maintain minimum

levels of regulatory capital. The Federal Reserve establishes capital standards applicable to all bank holding companies, and the

WDFI and FDIC establish capital standards applicable to Washington state chartered, non-member banks. The capital rules

reflect, in part, certain standards initially adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010 (which

standards are commonly referred to as “Basel III”) as well as requirements contemplated by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The capital rules require a capital ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk based assets. Common equity Tier 1 capital

generally consists of retained earnings and common stock instruments (subject to certain adjustments) as well as accumulated

other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) except to the extent that the Company and the Bank exercise a one-time irrevocable

option to exclude certain components of AOCI, which the Company and the Bank have done. Tier 1 capital also includes non-

cumulative perpetual preferred stock and limited amounts of minority interests. Regulatory deductions from capital include

goodwill and intangible assets. The capital rules prescribe the manner in which certain capital elements are determined,

including but not limited to, requiring certain deductions related to mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets.  Total

capital consists of Tier 1 capital  and supplementary capital. Supplementary capital consists of certain capital instruments that

do not qualify as core capital as well as general valuation loan and lease loss allowances up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-

weighted assets. Supplementary capital may be used to satisfy the risk-based requirement only in an amount equal to the

amount of Tier 1 capital.

In determining the required amount of risk-based capital, total assets, including certain off-balance-sheet items, are

multiplied by a risk-weight factor based on the risks inherent in the type of assets held by an institution. The risk categories

range from 0% for low-risk assets such as U.S. Treasury securities and GNMA securities to 1,250% for various types of loans

and other assets deemed to be of higher risk. Single-family residential loans having loan-to-value ratios not exceeding 90% and

meeting certain additional criteria, as well as certain multi-family residential loans, qualify for a 50% risk-weight treatment.

The book value of each asset is multiplied by the risk factor applicable to the asset category, and the sum of the products of this

calculation equals total risk-weighted assets. The rules set forth the methods of calculating certain risk-based assets, which in

turn affects the calculation of risk-based ratios. Higher or more sensitive risk weights are assigned to various categories of

assets, among which are commercial real estate, credit facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real

property, certain exposures or credit that are 90 days past due or are non-accrual, foreign exposures, certain corporate

exposures, securitization exposures, equity exposures and in certain cases mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets.

Both the Company and the Bank are required to have a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%. In addition, both the

Company and the Bank are required to have a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 6.0% and a total risk-

based ratio of 8.0%. Both the Company and the Bank are required to establish a “conservation buffer,” consisting of common

equity Tier 1 capital, equal to 2.5%. The capital conservation buffer is designed to ensure that banks build up capital buffers

outside periods of stress, which can be drawn down as losses are incurred.  An institution that does not meet the conservation

buffer will be subject to restrictions on certain activities including payment of dividends, stock repurchases and discretionary

bonuses to executive officers.

The Federal Reserve and the FDIC are also authorized to impose capital requirements in excess of these standards on

individual institutions on a case-by-case basis. Management believes that the current capital levels of the Company and the

Bank are sufficient to be in compliance with the fully phased-in standards under the rules.

Any bank holding company or bank that fails to meet the capital requirements is subject to possible enforcement actions.

Such actions could include a capital directive, a cease and desist or consent order, civil money penalties, restrictions on an

institution's operations and/or the appointment of a conservator or receiver. FRB, FDIC and WDFI capital regulations provide

that such supervisory actions, through enforcement proceedings or otherwise, could require one or more of a variety of

corrective actions.

For information regarding compliance with each of these capital requirements by the Company and the Bank as of

September 30, 2025, see Note R to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Prompt Corrective Action. Federal statutes establish a supervisory framework based on five capital categories: well

capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. An

institution’s category depends upon its capital levels in relation to relevant capital measures, which include a risk-based capital

measure, a leverage ratio capital measure and certain other factors. The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations that

implement this statutory framework.

The prompt corrective action rules, which apply to the Bank but not the Company, are modified to include a common

20

equity Tier 1 risk-based ratio and to increase certain other capital requirements for the various thresholds. For example, the

requirements for the Bank to be considered well-capitalized under the rules are a 5.0% Tier 1 leverage ratio, a 6.5% common

equity Tier 1 risk-based ratio, an 8.0% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a 10.0% total risk-based capital ratio. To be

adequately capitalized, those ratios are 4.0%, 4.5%. 6.0% and 8.0%, respectively.

An institution that is not well capitalized is subject to certain restrictions on brokered deposits, including restrictions on

the rates it can offer on its deposits, generally. Any institution that is neither well capitalized nor adequately capitalized is

considered undercapitalized. Federal law authorizes the FDIC to reclassify a well-capitalized institution as adequately

capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized institution or an undercapitalized institution to comply with supervisory

actions as if it were in the next lower category. The FDIC may not reclassify a significantly undercapitalized institution as

critically undercapitalized.  As of September 30, 2025, the Bank exceeded the requirements of a well-capitalized institution.

Stress Testing. The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act ("EGRRCPA") set the asset threshold

for enhanced prudential standards and stress testing at $100 billion of total consolidated assets. Neither the Company nor the

Bank are subject to enhanced stress test regulations. The federal bank regulatory agencies (FRB, FDIC and the Office of the

Comptroller of the Currency) have indicated that the capital planning and risk management practices of financial institutions

with total assets less than $100 billion will continue to be reviewed through the regular supervisory process. The Bank

continues to use customized stress testing to support the business and as part of its risk management and capital planning

process.

EGRRCPA also enacted several important changes in some technical compliance areas that we believe will help reduce

our regulatory burden, including:

•Prohibiting federal banking regulators from imposing higher capital standards on High Volatility Commercial Real

Estate (“HVCRE”) exposures unless they are for acquisition, development or construction (“ADC”), and clarifying

ADC status;

•Exempting from appraisal requirements certain transactions involving real property in rural areas and valued at less

than $400,000; and

•Directing the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau to provide guidance on the applicability of the Truth in Lending

and Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act Integrated Disclosure rule to mortgage assumption transactions and

construction-to-permanent home loans, as well the extent to which lenders can rely on model disclosures that do not

reflect recent regulatory changes.

Despite the improvements for mid-size financial institutions such as the Company that has resulted from

EGRRCPA, many  provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations remain in place and will continue to

result in additional operating and compliance costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial

condition, and results of operation. In addition, the EGRRCPA requires the enactment of a number of implementing

regulations, the details of which may have a material effect on the ultimate impact of the law.

Cybersecurity. The federal banking regulatory agencies have established certain expectations with respect to an institution's

information security and cybersecurity programs, with an increasing focus on risk management, processes related to

information technology and operational resiliency, and the use of third parties in the provision of financial services. In January

2020, these agencies jointly issued a statement reminding supervised financial institutions of sound cybersecurity risk

management principles that expanded on areas articulated in the Interagency Guidelines Establishing Information Security

Standards written in Section 39 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Sections 501 and 505(b) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley

Act.

State regulators also continue to be active in implementing privacy and cybersecurity standards and regulations. Several

states have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs and providing

detailed requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. Many states have also

implemented or modified their data breach notification and data privacy requirements. We expect this trend of state-level

activity in those areas to continue and are continually monitoring developments in the states in which the Company operates.

In November 2021, the federal banking regulatory agencies adopted a rule regarding notification requirements for banking

organizations related to significant computer security incidents. Under the final rule, a bank holding company, such as the

Company, and an FDIC-supervised insured depository institution, such as the Bank, are required to notify the Federal Reserve

or FDIC, respectively, within 36 hours of incidents that have materially disrupted or degraded, or are reasonably likely to

materially disrupt or degrade, the banking organization’s ability to deliver services to a material portion of its customer base,

21

jeopardize the viability of key operations of the banking organization, or impact the stability of the financial sector. Service

providers are required under the rule to notify any affected bank client it provides services to as soon as possible when it

determines it has experienced a computer-security incident that has materially disrupted or degraded, or is reasonably likely to

materially disrupt or degrade, covered services provided by that entity to the Bank for four or more hours.

See Item 1C - Cybersecurity, for additional disclosures regarding the Company's cybersecurity risk management, strategy

and governance.

Financial Privacy. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, as amended, a financial institution may not disclose non-

public personal information about a consumer to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution satisfies various disclosure

requirements and the consumer has not elected to opt out of the information sharing. The financial institution must provide its

customers with a notice of its privacy policies and practices. The Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and other financial regulatory

agencies issued regulations implementing notice requirements and restrictions on a financial institution's ability to disclose non-

public personal information about consumers to unaffiliated third parties.

Additionally, a growing number of states continue to pass laws addressing privacy, information security, cybersecurity,

data breaches, and related notification obligations. As a company subject to the GLBA, we often benefit from an entity-level

exemption under most comprehensive state data privacy statutes. Of the states whose privacy laws provide data-level

exemptions, we are subject to the laws of California. In California, the Company must generally comply with its privacy laws

except for consumer financial data subject to GLBA.

In California, the California Consumer Protection Act (“CCPA”), as amended, took effect on January 1, 2020, and grants

California residents a range of privacy rights, including the right to know what personal information is collected, the right to

correct inaccurate information, the right to request deletion of personal information (subject to certain exceptions) as well as the

right to opt out of the “sale” of personal information (generally understood to be the sharing of personal information with a

third party for its own purposes) and the right to limit use of sensitive information to the use necessary for the purpose for

which the information was collected. CCPA also imposes additional compliance obligations such as the provision of detailed

privacy disclosure, and, starting in the years 2027-2028, the obligation to conduct a cybersecurity audit and a risk assessment

regarding how a company’s use of personal data affects individuals. The CCPA authorizes civil penalties for violations and

provides a private right of action for certain data breaches involving personal information, which increases the risks and

potential exposure associated with breach-related litigation. Since 2023, violations of CCPA are concurrently enforced by the

California Attorney General and by a dedicated privacy regulator, the Privacy Protection Agency (“CPPA”). Both have been

active in enforcing the CPPA and its accompanying regulations over the last few years by bringing enforcement actions that

carry six and seven figure fines, as well as injunctive relief. If this investigative focus continues, our compliance costs are likely

to increase, and we face increased litigation exposure if former employees in California use the laws protections to obtain pre-

complaint information to use in a lawsuit.

Furthermore, privacy and data protection areas are expected to receive further attention at the federal level. Congress and

federal regulatory agencies may enact similar laws or regulations that could create new individual privacy rights and impose

increased obligations on companies handling personal data. Federal privacy legislation continues to focus on sectoral privacy

issues, including financial privacy, rather than advancing a comprehensive federal privacy framework.

Other states may also adopt comprehensive privacy and data security laws modeled after California which could provide

data-level rather than entity level exemptions. This is already the case in several states where the Company does not currently

conduct business.  Such new laws may impose new compliance requirements on the Company, or expand the potential for

enforcement against the Company to new jurisdictions and regulators. These evolving laws add complexity and are likely to

result in additional compliance expenditures. They may also require changes in the way we do business, especially in

connection with marketing activities.

Taxation

In addition to federal income tax, the Company is also subject to income, franchise, excise or gross receipts tax in states

(and some cities) where the Company has branches or is deemed to have sufficient nexus for tax purposes. The Company

generally files consolidated federal and state income tax returns with its subsidiaries.

The Company's federal income tax returns are open and subject to potential examination by the IRS for fiscal year 2022

and later.

22

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our competitors include other banks, savings associations, community

banks, credit unions, fintech companies and other financial intermediaries, and new market participants offering services similar

to those that we offer. We compete with some competitors within our geographic market area, and with others on a product

specific basis. Our ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to provide first-rate, friendly and professional customer

service and deliver the banking solutions that our customers want and need. We are also dependent upon our ability to attract

and retain employees while managing compensation and other costs.

Availability of Financial Data

Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act"), the Company is required to file annual, quarterly and

current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We file reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, and

amendments to those reports, with the SEC. The public may obtain copies of these reports at the SEC's website: www.sec.gov.

The Company has adopted and posted on its website a code of ethics that applies to its senior financial officers. The

Company’s website also includes the charters for its audit committee, compensation committee, risk management committee,

executive committee, technology committee and nominating and governance committee.

The address for the Company’s website is www.wafdbank.com. The Company makes available on its website, free of

charge, its annual reports on Form 10-K, current quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and

any amendments to those reports (among others), as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material

with, or furnish it to, the SEC. We also make available on our website public financial information for which a report is not

required to be filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our SEC reports and such other information can be accessed through the

investor relations section of our website (https://www.wafdbank.com/about-us/investor-relations). The Company’s website

provides a link to all our filings on the SEC’s Edgar website, and the company will provide a printed copy of any of our annual

reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and any amendments to

those reports (among others) to any requesting shareholder, free of charge. The information found on our website is not part of

this or any other report that we file or furnish to the SEC.

23

Item 1A.              Risk Factors

Ownership of our Common Stock involves risk. Investors should carefully consider, in addition to the other information

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the following risk factors. The risks described below may adversely affect our

business, financial condition and results of operations. These risks are not the only risks we face; additional risks and

uncertainties not currently known or that are currently considered to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect

our business.

Operational Risks

Fluctuating interest rates could adversely affect our business.

Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon our net interest income, which is significantly affected by

interest rates. Interest rates are highly sensitive to factors beyond our control, such as general economic conditions and policies

set by governmental and regulatory bodies.  We principally manage interest rate risk by managing our volume and mix of our

earning assets and funding liabilities. If we are unable to manage this risk effectively, our business, financial condition and

results of operations could be materially affected.  Rapid changes in interest rates make it difficult for the Bank to balance its

loan and deposit portfolios, which may adversely affect our results of operations by, for example, reducing asset yields or

spreads, or having other adverse impacts on our business. Higher than expected inflation could lead to higher interest rates,

which could, in turn, increase the borrowing costs of our customers, making it more difficult for them to repay their loans or

other obligations. High interest rates could also push down asset prices and weaken economic activity. Conversely, falling rates

can initially reduce our net interest income as our floating-rate assets tend to be more immediately responsive to changes in

market rates than most deposit liabilities. In addition, a decline in market interest rates could increase loan prepayments, leading

to reinvestment in lower-yielding assets, reducing income.

Our net interest income is the difference (or “spread”) between the interest earned on loans, securities and other

interest-earning assets and the interest paid on deposits, borrowings, and other interest-bearing liabilities. The level of net

interest income is a function of the average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the spread

between the amounts of the yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing

and the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by such external factors as the

local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal

Reserve Board of Governors (the “FOMC”) and market interest rates. Furthermore, movements in interest rates, the pace at

which such movements occur and the volume and mix of our interest-bearing assets and liabilities influence the level of net

interest income. The cost of customer deposits is largely based on short-term interest rates, the level of which is driven by the

FOMC. However, the yields generated by long-term loans, such as single-family residential and multifamily mortgage loans,

and securities are typically driven by longer-term (10 year) interest rates, which are set by the market and vary from day to day.

Because of the differences in maturities and repricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing

liabilities, changes in interest rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on interest-earning assets and

interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates could adversely affect our interest rate

spread, and, in turn, our profitability. For example, if interest rates on interest-earning assets decline more quickly than the rates

on interest-bearing liabilities, as we saw in our recent fiscal year, the result is a reduction in our net interest income and with it,

a reduction in earnings.  The same could be true if the interest rates on interest-bearing liabilities increase at a faster pace than

the interest rates on interest-earning assets. In addition, changes in interest rates could affect the Bank's ability to originate loans

and attract and retain deposits; the fair values of its securities and other financial assets; the fair values of its liabilities; and the

average lives of its loan and securities portfolios. Decreases in interest rates could lead to increased loan refinancing activity,

which, in turn, would alter the balance of our interest-earning assets and impact net interest income. Increases in interest rates

could reduce loan refinancing activity, which could result in compression of the spread between loan yields and more quickly

rising funding rates. We may also be exposed to movements in market rates to a degree not experienced by other financial

institutions, as a result of our significant portfolio of fixed-rate single-family home loans, which are longer-term in nature than

the customer accounts and borrowed money that constitute our liabilities.

We are currently operating in an environment in which the Federal Reserve has shifted toward reducing interest rates,

although modestly, with cuts implemented in September and October 2025.  However, the inflationary outlook remains

uncertain and if the Federal Reserve were to reverse course and rapidly increase the target federal funds rate, the increase in

rates could continue to constrain our interest rate spread and may adversely affect our business forecasts. On the other hand,

further rapid decreases in interest rates, may result in a change in the mix of noninterest and interest-bearing accounts. New

appointments to the Board of Governors at the Federal Reserve could result in a change in monetary policy and interest rates.

We are unable to predict changes in interest rates, which are affected by factors beyond our control, including inflation,

deflation, recession, unemployment, money supply and other changes in financial markets.

24

We are exposed to risks related to fraud and cyber-attacks.

Cybersecurity, and the continued development and enhancement of controls, processes, and practices designed to

protect customer information, systems, computers, software, data, and networks from attack, damage, or unauthorized access

remain a priority for the Company. As cybersecurity threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional

resources to continue to enhance, modify, and refine our protective measures against these evolving threats.

We are continuously enhancing and expanding our digital products and services to meet customer and business needs

with desired outcomes. These digital products and services often include storing, transmitting, and processing confidential

customer, employee, financial, and business information. Due to the nature of this information, and the value it has for internal

and external threat actors, we, and our third-party service providers, continue to be subject to cyber-attacks and fraud activity,

including through the use of rapidly evolving AI technologies, that attempts to gain unauthorized access, misuse information

and information systems, steal information, disrupt or degrade information systems, spread malicious software, and other illegal

activities.

We believe we have robust preventive, detective, and administrative safeguards and security controls to minimize the

probability and magnitude of a material event. However, if we are unable to maintain them, we may fall victim to a material

adverse cybersecurity event. Because the tactics and techniques used by threat actors to bypass safeguards and security controls

change frequently, and often are not recognized until after an event has occurred, we may be unable to anticipate future tactics

and techniques, or to implement adequate and timely protective measures. The use of AI technologies by cybercriminals

continues to be a major concern, as deep-fake technologies continue to improve, allowing bad actors to manipulate or fabricate

visual and audio content and convincingly fake identities.

We are subject to additional risk with respect to third-party vendors that process or handle personal and financial data

of our customers, partners, suppliers or employees.  These third-party vendors may themselves use other vendors to store or

process our data, which further elevates our risk exposure.  Our third-party vendors have been, and may in the future be, subject

to security incidents, including those caused by computer viruses, malware, ransomware, phishing attempts, social engineering,

hacking or other means of unauthorized access.  Control failures of security measures managed by our third-party service

providers could cause us to suffer damage to our reputation and could require us to incur substantial expenses, which could

have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

To date, we have no knowledge of a material cyber-attack or other material information security incident affecting the

systems we operate and control. However, our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of, among other

things, the evolving nature of these threats, the continuation of a remote or hybrid work environment for our employees and

service providers, and our plans to continue to implement and expand digital banking services, expand operations, and use

third-party information systems that includes cloud-based infrastructure, platforms, and software. Recent instances of attacks

specifically targeting banks and financial services businesses indicate that the risk to our systems remains significant. We, and

our third-party providers, are regularly the subject of attempted attacks and the ability of the attackers and the method of their

attacks continues to grow in sophistication. Threat actors, including nation state attackers, could also use artificial intelligence

for malicious purposes, increasing the frequency and complexity of their attacks.  Potential threats to our technologies, systems,

networks, and other devices, as well as those of our employees, third party vendors, and other third parties with whom we

interact, include Distributed Denial of Service ("DDoS") attacks, computer viruses, hacking, malware, ransomware, credential

stuffing, phishing, and other forms of social engineering. Such cyber-attacks and other security incidents are designed to lead to

various harmful outcomes, such as unauthorized transactions against our customers’ accounts, unauthorized or unintended

access to confidential information, or the release, gathering, monitoring, disclosure, loss, destruction, corruption, disablement,

encryption, misuse, modification or other processing of confidential or sensitive information (including personal information),

intellectual property, software, methodologies or business secrets, disruption, sabotage or degradation of service, systems or

networks, or other damage. These threats may derive from, among other things, error, fraud or malice on the part of our

employees, insiders, or third parties or may result from accidental technological failure. Any of these parties may also attempt

to fraudulently induce employees, service providers, customers, partners or other third-party users of our systems or networks to

disclose confidential or sensitive information (including personal information) in order to gain access to our systems, networks

or data or that of our customers, partners, or third parties with whom we interact, or to unlawfully obtain monetary benefit

through misdirected or otherwise improper payments or through the creation of false identifies. A cyber-attack or other security

incident on the systems we operate and control could cause us to suffer damage to our reputation, result in productivity losses,

require us to incur substantial expenses, including response costs associated with investigation and resumption of services,

remediation expenses costs associated with customer notification and credit monitoring services, increased insurance premiums,

regulatory penalties and fines, and costs associated with civil litigation, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on

our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We also face additional costs when our customers become the victims of cyber-attacks. For example, various retailers

have reported that they have been the victims of a cyber-attack in which large amounts of their customers’ data, including debit

25

and credit card information, is obtained. Our customers may be the victims of phishing scams, providing cyber criminals access

to their accounts, or credit or debit card information. In these situations, we incur costs to replace compromised cards and

address fraudulent transaction activity affecting our customers, as well as potential increases to insurance premiums for policies

we may maintain to cover these losses.

Both internal and external fraud and theft are risks. If confidential customer, employee, monetary, or business

information were to be mishandled or misused, we could suffer significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage, and

financial loss. Such mishandling or misuse could include, for example, if such information were erroneously provided to parties

who are not permitted to have the information, either by fault of our systems, employees, or counterparties, or if such

information were to be intercepted or otherwise inappropriately taken by third parties, or if our own employees abused their

access to financial systems to commit fraud against our customers and the Company. These activities can occur in connection

with activities such as the origination of loans and lines of credit, ACH transactions, wire transactions, ATM transactions, and

checking transactions, and result in financial losses as well as reputational damage.

Operational errors can include information system misconfiguration, clerical or record-keeping errors, or disruptions

from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems. Because the nature of the financial services business involves

a high volume of transactions, certain errors, which may be automated or manual, may be repeated or compounded before they

are discovered and successfully rectified. Because of the Company’s large transaction volume and its necessary dependence

upon automated systems to record and process these transactions, there is a risk that technical flaws, tampering, or manipulation

of those automated systems, arising from events wholly or partially beyond its control, may give rise to disruption of service to

customers and to financial loss or liability.

The occurrence of any of these risks could result in a diminished ability for us to operate our business, additional costs

to correct defects, potential liability to customers, reputational damage, and regulatory intervention, any of which could

adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in our business operations and divestitures of lines of business may not be successful, resulting in a negative

impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Our ability to compete depends on various factors, including our ability to develop and successfully execute strategic

plans and initiatives. However, we may not achieve some or all of our strategic objectives. Expected cost savings and revenue

growth from these initiatives may not materialize, and the costs of implementation may be greater than anticipated.

Additionally, changes in economic conditions beyond our control, such as fluctuations in interest rates, may affect our ability to

achieve our objectives. Failure to execute or achieve the anticipated outcomes of our strategic initiatives could negatively

impact market perceptions of our company and impede our growth and profitability.

In January 2025, we made a significant shift in focus to our business model and announced that WaFd Bank would be

exiting the single-family mortgage lending market to focus on commercial loans, including small business and SBA loans. We

made this determination for several reasons: first because home loans are seen as a commodity, with the majority of

originations sold to US government sponsored enterprises like Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which has caused our profitability

to decrease and credit risk to increase, and second, because technology has made it easy for consumers to refinance, increasing

our interest rate risk.  While we have estimated annual expense savings of approximately $17 million from our exit from the

single-family mortgage business, this change involves a number of risks, including costs and expenses (including a $5.4 million

restructuring charge), the potential loss of customer relationships, community goodwill and revenues and earnings.  Exiting this

business could impact future earnings if we are unable to offset the loss of revenue associated with the single-family mortgage

business against the anticipated expense savings.  In addition, the shift in business focus to commercial loans will require

varying levels of management resources, which may divert our attention from other business operations.  If we are unable to

realize the expected benefits of these types of changes in our business operations, or execute on other strategic plans and

initiatives, our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted.

Current uncertain economic conditions pose challenges, and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and

results of operations.

We are operating in an uncertain and rapidly changing economic environment.  Global trade tensions, AI impacts, and

inflation risks continue to affect the global economic environment. The recent U.S. government shutdown has negatively

impacted U.S. economic growth, and the suspension of government data collection and publication left policymakers without

access to the latest data on employment, inflation, and economic growth, increasing the risk that a wrong decision will be made.

An unpredictable or volatile political environment in the United States could negatively impact business and market conditions,

economic growth, financial stability, and business, consumer, investor, and regulatory sentiments, any one or more of which

could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.  Deterioration in the U.S. credit and

financial markets could result in losses or significant deterioration in the fair value of our U.S. government issued, sponsored or

26

guaranteed investments.  At September 30, 2025, we had $3.5 billion invested in U.S. government and agency obligations, and

further downgrades could affect the stability of securities issued or guaranteed by the federal government and the valuation or

liquidity of our portfolio of such investment securities.

Economic uncertainty, or a recessionary or stagnant economy, could result in financial stress on the Bank's borrowers,

which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Deteriorating conditions in the regional

economies we serve, or in certain sectors of those economies, in excess of the reasonable and supportable forecasts we used to

estimate credit losses, could drive losses beyond those provided for in our allowance for loan losses. We could also face the

following risks in connection with the following events:

•Market developments and economic stagnation or slowdown may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause

adverse changes in payment patterns, resulting in increased delinquencies and default rates on loans and other credit

facilities.

•The processes we use to estimate the allowance for credit losses and other reserves may prove to be unreliable. Such

estimates rely upon complex modeling inputs and judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions, which may

be rendered inaccurate and/or no longer subject to accurate forecasting.

•Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers may be impaired if the models and approaches we use to

select, manage, and underwrite loans become less predictive of future charge-offs.

•Regulatory scrutiny of the industry could increase, leading to increased regulation of the industry that could lead to a

higher cost of compliance, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities and increase our exposure to litigation or

fines.

•Ineffective monetary policy or other market conditions could cause rapid changes in interest rates and asset values that

would have a materially adverse impact on our profitability and overall financial condition.

•Further erosion in the fiscal condition of the U.S. Treasury could lead to new taxes that would limit our ability to

pursue growth and return profits to shareholders.

If these conditions or similar ones continue to exist or worsen, we could experience continuing or increased adverse

effects on our financial condition.

Changes to monetary policy by the Federal Reserve could adversely impact our results of operations.

The Federal Reserve is responsible for regulating the supply of money in the United States, including open market

operations used to stabilize prices in times of economic stress, as well as setting monetary policies. These activities strongly

influence our rate of return on certain investments, our hedge effectiveness for mortgage servicing and our mortgage origination

pipeline, as well as our costs of funds for lending and investing. New appointments to the Board of Governors at the Federal

Reserve, or increased political pressures on the Federal Reserve, could impact monetary policy, which will directly, impact our

liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and capital position.

Unstable global economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition, and

operations.

The global credit and financial markets have from time-to-time experienced extreme volatility and disruptions,

including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth,

increases in unemployment rates, high rates of inflation, and uncertainty about economic stability. Changes in trade policies by

the United States or other countries, such as tariffs or retaliatory tariffs, may cause inflation which could impact the prices of

products sold or purchased by our borrowers or the demand for their products, negatively impacting their profitability and

making it difficult for our borrowers to repay their loans.  The financial markets and the global economy may also be adversely

affected by the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, including the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and the

evolving conflict in the Middle East. These events have increased and are expected to continue to increase volatility in

commodity and energy prices, including oil, and continuing hostilities raise the possibility of supply disruptions.  Rising

tensions and global instability have the potential to affect consumer confidence in the U.S. and abroad, therefore having a

broader effect on financial markets. Changes in trade policies or sanctions imposed by the United States and other countries in

response to such conflict could further adversely impact the financial markets and the global economy, and any economic

countermeasures by the affected countries or others could exacerbate market and economic instability. Our general business

strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, volatile business environment, hostile third-party action or

continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions.

27

Inflationary pressures and rising prices may affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Inflation rates remained above the FOMC’s target rate in 2025 and were above the target of 2% as of September 30,

2025. Inflation has led to increased costs for our customers, making it more difficult for them to repay their loans or other

obligations and increasing our credit risk. The inflationary outlook in the United States points to the probability of continued,

somewhat elevated inflation, with continued uncertainty around the impact of tariffs. Further reductions in interest rates by the

FOMC could exacerbate inflationary pressures.  If heightened inflation continues, sustained higher interest rates by the FOMC

may be needed, which could push down asset prices and weaken economic activity. A deterioration in economic conditions in

the United States and our markets could result in a further increase in loan delinquencies and non-performing assets, decreases

in loan collateral values and a decrease in demand for our products and services, all of which, could adversely affect our

business, financial condition and results of operations.

The development and use of Artificial Intelligence (“AI”) presents risks and challenges that may adversely impact our

business.

The banking and financial services industry continually experiences technological changes, with frequent introductions

of new technology-driven products and services, including recent and rapid developments in AI, including with agentic AI. Our

future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products

and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to assess the proper operation of AI models and

capabilities to create additional efficiencies in our operations. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-

driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our clients. In addition, the

implementation of technological changes and upgrades to maintain current systems and integrate new ones may also create

service interruptions, transaction processing errors, and system conversion delays and may cause us to fail to comply with

applicable laws. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manage the risks associated with our increased

dependency on technology. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the banking and financial

services industry could negatively affect our revenue and profitability.

We or our third-party (or fourth party) vendors, customers or counterparties may develop or incorporate AI technology

in certain business processes, services, or products. The development and use of AI presents a number of risks and challenges to

our business. The legal and regulatory environment relating to AI is uncertain and rapidly evolving, both in the U.S. and

internationally, and includes regulatory schemes targeted specifically at AI as well as provisions in intellectual property,

privacy, consumer protection, employment, and other laws applicable to the use of AI. These evolving laws and regulations

could require changes in our implementation of AI technology and increase our compliance costs and the risks to us of non-

compliance. AI models, particularly generative or agentic AI models, may produce outputs or take action that is incorrect, that

reflects biases included in the data on which they are trained, that results in the release of private, confidential, or proprietary

information, that infringes on the intellectual property rights of others, or that is otherwise harmful. In addition, the complexity

of many AI models makes it difficult to understand why they are generating particular outputs. This limited transparency

increases the challenges associated with assessing the proper operation of AI models, understanding and monitoring the

capabilities of the AI models, reducing erroneous output, eliminating bias, and complying with regulations that require

documentation or explanation of the basis on which decisions are made. Further, we may rely on AI models developed by third

parties, and, to that extent, would be dependent in part on the manner in which those third parties develop and train their

models, including risks arising from the inclusion of any unauthorized material in the training data for their models and the

effectiveness of the steps these third parties have taken to limit the risks associated with the output of their models, matters over

which we may have limited visibility. Any of these risks could expose us to liability or adverse legal or regulatory

consequences and harm our reputation and the public perception of our business or the effectiveness of our security measures.

We are exposed to risks related to our operational, technological, and third-party provided technology infrastructure.

We rely extensively on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of information technology and

telecommunications systems to conduct our business. This includes internally developed systems, internally managed systems,

outsourced systems provided by third-party service providers, internet facing digital products and services, mobile technologies

and the on-going operational maintenance of each service. Any disruptions, failures, or inaccuracies of these systems, including

changes and improvements, could result in our inability to service customers, manage operations, manage risk, meet regulatory

obligations, or provide timely and accurate financial reporting which could damage our reputation, result in loss of customer

business, subject us to regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability.

In many instances, the Company’s products and services to customers are dependent upon third-party service

providers, who provide necessary, or critical, services and support. Any disruption of such services, or an unplanned

termination of a third-party license or service agreement related thereto, could adversely affect our ability to provide necessary

products and services for our customers.

28

In recent years, we have made a significant ongoing investment to enhance our technological capabilities with the

objectives of enhancing customer experience, growing revenue, and improving operating efficiency. There is a risk that these

investments may not provide the anticipated benefits and/or will prove significantly more costly and time consuming to

produce. If this occurs, we may see a loss of customers, and our financial results and ability to execute on our strategic plan

may be adversely impacted.

We are subject to complex state and federal laws, rules, regulations and standards regarding data privacy and

cybersecurity, which impact how we conduct our business.

We are subject to complex and evolving data privacy laws, rules, regulations, standards and contractual obligations

(collectively “data privacy laws”) that relate to the privacy and security of the personal information of customers, employees or

others.  These data privacy laws require, among other things, that we make certain privacy disclosures, maintain a robust

security program, require disclosures and notifications during a cyber or information security incident, and regulate our

collection, use, sharing, retention, and safeguarding of consumer or employee information.  State and federal regulators may

also hold us responsible for privacy and data protection obligations performed by our third-party service providers while

providing services to us, as well as disclosures and notifications during a cyber or information security incident.  Consumers

also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences

with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services.

State regulators have also been increasingly active in implementing privacy and cybersecurity standards and

regulations. Recently, several states have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity

programs and provide detailed requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. Many

states have also recently implemented or modified their data breach notification and data privacy requirements. We expect this

trend of state-level activity in those areas to continue and are continually monitoring developments in the states in which the

Company operates.  As the regulatory environment becomes more rigorous, we anticipate that compliance with these

requirements will result in additional costs and expenses, and may impact the way we conduct business.  Our failure to comply

with data privacy laws could result in potentially significant regulatory or governmental investigations, litigation, fines, or

sanctions, or cause damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or

results of operations.

Our allowance for credit losses ("ACL") may not be adequate to cover future loan losses, which could adversely affect

our financial condition and results of operations.

If our customers are unable to repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral securing the payment

of those loans is insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance, we will be required to characterize the loan as non-performing

or write it off as a loss. We maintain an ACL to provide for loan defaults and non-performance, however, losses may exceed the

value of the collateral securing the loans and the allowance may not fully cover any excess loss.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the

creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of

loans. Our ACL is based on these judgments, as well as historical loss experience and an evaluation of the other risks associated

with our loan portfolio, including but not limited to, economic trends and conditions, changes in underwriting standards,

management, competition, and trends in delinquencies, non-accrual and adversely classified loans, the size and composition of

the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and geographic concentrations within the portfolio. Banking regulatory

agencies, as part of their examination process, review our loans and ACL. If our assumptions and judgments used to determine

the ACL prove to be incorrect, if the value of the collateral securing the loans decreases substantially or if regulators disagree

with our judgments, we may need to increase the ACL in amounts that exceed our expectations. Material additions to the ACL,

or losses in excess of the ACL, would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risks and losses to us.

Our risk management framework is comprised of various processes, systems and strategies designed to manage the

types of risks to which we are subject, including, among others, credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, cybersecurity and

compliance. Our framework also includes financial or other modeling methodologies that involve management assumptions and

judgment. Because we rely on assumptions and judgment calls, our risk management framework may not be effective under all

circumstances and may not adequately mitigate any risk of loss to us. If our framework is not effective, we could suffer

unexpected losses and our financial condition, operations or business prospects could be materially and adversely affected. We

may also be subject to potentially adverse regulatory consequences.

29

If we are not able to retain or attract key employees, or if we were to suffer the loss of a significant number of

employees, we could experience a disruption in our business.

If a key employee or a substantial number of employees depart or become unable to perform their duties, it may

negatively impact our ability to conduct business as usual. Unanticipated departures, including in connection with acquisition

activity, such as our recent acquisition of Luther Burbank, might require us to divert resources from other areas of our

operations, which could create additional stress for other employees, including those in key positions. The loss of qualified and

key personnel, or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business and

consequently impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Climate change and related legislative and regulatory initiatives may materially affect the Company’s business and

results of operations.

The effects of climate change continue to raise significant concerns about the state of the environment. However,

under the new administration, federal policy has shifted to reduce the emphasis on climate change initiatives and environmental

regulations. This includes scaling back federal participation in international agreements, and reducing regulatory pressures on

businesses, including banks, to address climate-related risks. Federal legislative and regulatory proposals aimed at combating

climate change have and may continue to face greater scrutiny or diminished priority.  However, state and local regulations or

guidance relating to climate change, as well as changes in consumers’ and businesses’ behaviors and business preferences,

continue to affect our business operations.

Regardless of changes in federal policy, the effects of climate change and their unknown long-term impacts could still

have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  The physical effects of climate change, such

as more frequent and severe weather disasters or other catastrophic events, could directly affect our business and those of our

customers, damaging or destroying our property, or the real property and other assets securing loans in our portfolios.  Such

events may also interrupt the business operations of our customers, putting them in financial difficulty, and increasing the risk

of default. If our borrowers’ insurance is insufficient to cover these losses or if insurance becomes unavailable, the value of the

collateral securing our loans could be negatively affected, potentially impacting our financial condition and results of

operations. Moreover, climate change may adversely affect regional and local economic activity, harming our customers and

the communities in which we operate. In addition, our business, reputation and ability to attract and retain employees may also

be harmed if our response to climate change is perceived to be ineffective or insufficient.

Our business is subject to the risks of pandemics, earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, fires and other natural catastrophic

events and other events beyond our control.

A major catastrophe, such as an earthquake, tsunami, flood, fire, or other natural disaster, including those caused or

exacerbated by climate change, public health issues such as the COVID-19 or other pandemics, or other events beyond our

control, could result in a prolonged interruption of our business. For example, our headquarters is located in Seattle,

Washington and we have operations throughout the western United States, a geographical region that has been or may be

affected by earthquakes, wildfires, tsunamis, and flooding activity. Because we primarily serve individuals and businesses in

our nine-state footprint, a natural disaster likely would have a greater impact on our business, operations, and financial

condition than if our business were more geographically diverse throughout the United States.  The occurrence of any of these

natural disasters could negatively impact our performance by disrupting our operations or the operations of our customers,

which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Regulatory and Litigation Risks

Our “Needs to Improve” rating under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) may restrict our operations and limit

our ability to pursue certain strategic opportunities.

On December 27, 2024, the Bank received an overall CRA rating from the FDIC of “Needs to Improve” for the period

covering June 3, 2020 to March 26, 2024.  Based on its performance on the individual components of the CRA tests, the Bank

received a “High Satisfactory” rating on both the Investment Test and the Service Test and a “Needs to Improve” rating on the

Lending Test, which resulted in the overall “Needs to Improve” rating.  The Bank disagrees with the overall CRA rating and

has appealed.  If our appeal is unsuccessful in changing the overall CRA rating, having a “Needs to Improve” rating will result

in restrictions on certain expansionary activity, including mergers and acquisitions and the establishment and relocation of bank

branches.  This rating will also result in a loss of expedited processing of applications to undertake certain activities.  It could

also have an impact on our relationships with certain states, counties, municipalities or other public agencies to the extent

applicable law, regulation or policy limits, restricts or influences whether such entity may do business with a company that has

a below “Satisfactory” rating and, in general, could negatively affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of

30

operations.  These restrictions, among others, will remain in place at least until the Bank’s next CRA rating is publicly released

by the FDIC following a subsequent CRA examination which is likely to occur in 2026.  As a result of these limitations and

conditions, we may be unable or may fail to pursue, evaluate or complete transactions that might have been strategically or

competitively significant.

Non-Compliance with banking rules and regulations could result in fines or sanctions, and curtail our expansion

opportunities.

Financial institutions are required under the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) and Bank Secrecy Act

("BSA") to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money-laundering and terrorist activities.

Financial institutions are also obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of

Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules also require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying

and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with applicable laws and

regulations can result in a range of sanctions and enforcement actions, including the imposition of civil money penalties, formal

agreements and cease and desist orders. The Bank has in the past been subject to a Consent Order from the Office of the

Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) for its BSA program, which required the Bank to incur significant expenses to implement

an effective AML/CFT Program, including payment of a $2,500,000 civil money penalty.  In addition, the Bank was previously

subject to two Consent Orders for violations of the reporting requirements under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act

(“HMDA”) which included a total of $234,000 in civil  money penalties.  Our failure or our inability to comply with the Patriot

Act, BSA statutes and regulation, HMDA or other applicable regulations could have serious business, financial and reputational

consequences for the Bank, and could result in enforcement actions, additional fines or penalties, curtailment of expansion

opportunities, restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, intervention or sanctions by regulators and costly litigation or

expensive additional controls and systems.

We operate in a highly regulated industry, which limits the manner and scope of our business activities.

We are subject to extensive supervision, regulation and examination by the WDFI, the FDIC and the CFPB. In

addition, the Federal Reserve is responsible for regulating the holding company. This regulatory structure is designed primarily

for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and consumers and not to benefit our shareholders. This regulatory structure

also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and

examination policies to address not only compliance with applicable laws and regulations (including laws and regulations

governing consumer credit, CRA, and anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws), but also capital adequacy, asset quality

and risk, management ability and performance, earnings, liquidity, data reporting and various other factors. As part of this

regulatory structure, we are subject to policies and other guidance developed by the regulatory agencies with respect to capital

levels, the timing and amount of dividend payments, the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss

reserves for regulatory purposes. Under this structure the WDFI, the FDIC, the CFPB and the Federal Reserve have broad

discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on our operations if they determine, among other things, that our operations are

unsafe or unsound, fail to comply with applicable law or are otherwise inconsistent with laws and regulations or with the

supervisory policies of these agencies. This supervisory framework could materially impact the conduct, growth and

profitability of our operations. In particular, the FDIC has specific authority to take “prompt corrective action,” if the Bank’s

capital falls below its current “well capitalized” level, including limiting the Bank’s ability to take brokered deposits, requiring

the Bank to raise additional capital and subject it to progressively more severe restrictions on its operations, management and

capital distributions, and replacement of senior executive officers and directors. If the Bank ever became “critically

undercapitalized,” it would also be subject to the appointment of a conservator or receiver.

Changes in laws, regulations, government policy, oversight or increased enforcement activities by regulatory agencies

may increase our costs and adversely affect our business and operations.

New or amended laws, rules, regulations and policies to which we are subject, including those resulting from changes

in U.S. Presidential administration, could impact our operations, increase our capital requirements or substantially restrict our

growth and adversely affect our ability to operate profitably by making compliance more difficult or expensive, restricting our

ability to originate or sell loans, or impacting the amount of interest or other charges or fees earned on loans or other products.

New appointments to the Federal Reserve Board of Governors could also affect monetary policy and interest rates. Future

legislation, regulation, and changes in trade and fiscal policy, including uncertainty surrounding the ongoing operations of the

CFPB, could affect the banking industry as a whole, including our business and results of operations.  It is difficult to predict

future changes in regulation or the competitive impact that any such changes would have on our business. Any new laws, rules

and regulations could make compliance more difficult, expensive, costly to implement or may otherwise adversely affect our

business, financial condition or growth prospects. Other changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, including

changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable

ways including subjecting us to additional costs, limiting the types of financial services and products we may offer, and

increasing the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products.

31

Additionally, actions by regulatory agencies or significant litigation against us may lead to penalties that materially

affect us. These regulations, along with the current tax, accounting, securities, insurance, and monetary laws, regulations, rules,

standards, policies, and interpretations control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement

strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. These laws, regulations, rules,

standards, policies, and interpretations are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time. Any new regulations or

legislation or change in existing regulations or oversight, whether a change in regulatory policy or a change in a regulator’s

interpretation of a law or regulation, could have a material impact on our operations, increase our costs of regulatory

compliance and of doing business and/or otherwise adversely affect us and our profitability. Further, changes in accounting

standards can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in their interpretation by us and our independent

registered public accounting firm. Changes could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our financial

condition and results of our operations, as could our interpretation of those changes. We cannot predict what restrictions may be

imposed upon us with future legislation.

Our failure to comply with current, or adapt to new or changing, laws, regulations or policies could result in

enforcement actions and sanctions against us by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, along

with corrective action plans required by regulatory agencies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business,

financial condition and results of operations, and the value of our common stock.

Deposit insurance premiums could increase further in the future.

FDIC insurance premiums are risk based and, accordingly, higher premiums are charged to banks that have lower

capital ratios or higher risk profiles. As a result, a decrease in the Bank’s capital ratios, or a negative evaluation by the FDIC,

may increase the Bank’s net funding cost and reduce its earnings.

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, subjected to the payment of

FDIC deposit insurance assessments, which are determined in accordance with a defined calculation. The FDIC imposed a

special assessment to recover the losses in connection with the receiverships of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank.

Increases in assessment rates or further special assessments may occur in the future, especially if there are significant additional

financial institution failures. Any future special assessments, increases in assessment rates or required prepayments in FDIC

insurance premiums could reduce our profitability or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, which could have

a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to various claims and litigation, which could result in significant expenses, losses and damage to our

reputation.

We are, from time to time, subject to claims and proceedings related to our operations. These claims and legal actions

could include supervisory or enforcement actions by our regulators, criminal proceedings by prosecutorial authorities, or civil

claims by our customers, former customers, contractual counterparties, and current and former employees. We may also face

class action lawsuits for, among other things, alleged violations of employment, state wage and hour and consumer protection

laws. These claims could involve large monetary demands, including civil money penalties or fines imposed by government

authorities, and significant defense costs. If such claims and legal actions are brought, and are not resolved in a manner

favorable to the Company, they could result in financial liability and/or reputational harm, which could have a material adverse

effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Banking institutions are also increasingly the target of class action lawsuits, including claims alleging deceptive

practices or violations of account terms in connection with non-sufficient funds or overdraft charges and violations of the Fair

Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”).  In 2022, the Bank paid $495,000 plus claims administrative expenses to settle a class action

lawsuit related to allegations of improper assessments of overdraft and insufficient funds fees. In May 2024, we received court

approval for the settlement of a class action claim related to alleged violations of the FLSA associated with claims for allegedly

unpaid wages and overtime for certain of our non-exempt employees under which the Bank ultimately paid approximately $2.1

million. If another class action lawsuit is filed or determined adversely to us, or we were to enter into a settlement agreement in

connection with such a matter, we could be exposed to monetary damages, reputational harm, or subject to limits on our ability

to operate our business, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, and operating results.

Our real estate lending also exposes us to the risk of environmental liabilities.

In the course of our business, it is necessary to foreclose and take title to real estate, which could subject us to

environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. Hazardous substances or waste, contaminants, pollutants or sources

thereof may be discovered on properties during our ownership or after a sale to a third party. We could be held liable to a

governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these

parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic

32

substances or chemical releases at such properties. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be

substantial and could substantially exceed the value of the real property. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a

contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from

environmental contamination emanating from the property. We may be unable to recover costs from any third party. These

occurrences may materially reduce the value of the affected property, and we may find it difficult or impossible to use or sell

the property prior to or following any environmental remediation. If we ever become subject to significant environmental

liabilities, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Market and Industry Risks

Recent negative developments affecting the banking industry, and resulting media coverage, have eroded customer

confidence in the banking system.

The high-profile bank failures of 2023 generated significant market volatility among publicly traded bank holding

companies and, in particular, regional banks like the Company. These market developments also negatively impacted customer

confidence in the safety and soundness of regional banks. While the Department of the Treasury, the FRB, and the FDIC took

steps to ensure that depositors of the failed banks would have access to their deposits, including uninsured deposit accounts,

there is no guarantee that such actions will be successful in restoring customer confidence in regional banks and the banking

system more broadly.  If other bank failures occur and financial institutions enter receivership or become insolvent in the future

due to financial conditions affecting the banking system and financial markets, it could disrupt the financial services industry

and customers may choose to maintain deposits with larger financial institutions or invest in higher yielding short-term fixed

income securities, all of which could materially adversely impact the Company’s liquidity, loan funding capacity, net interest

margin, capital and results of operations.

If additional bank failures were to occur, we could face increased regulation of our industry, including increased

compliance costs and limitations on our ability to pursue business opportunities; significantly higher FDIC premiums or

additional special assessments; adverse impacts on our stock price and volatility of our Common Stock; and increased

competition for deposits due to a lack of consumer confidence in regional banks. If these conditions or similar ones continue to

exist or worsen, we could experience continuing or increased adverse effects on our financial condition.

A downturn in the real estate market would hurt our business.

The Bank’s business activities and credit exposure are concentrated in real estate lending, in particular commercial real

estate loans which are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans or certain other types of

loans or investments. The market for real estate is cyclical and the outlook for this sector is uncertain. A downturn in the real

estate market, accompanied by falling values and increased foreclosures would hurt our business because a large majority of our

loans are secured by real estate.

If a significant decline in real estate market values occurs, the collateral for loans will provide decreasing levels of

security. As a result, our ability to recover the principal amount due on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate will

be diminished, and we will be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans.  Because our loan portfolio contains commercial

real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of these loans may cause a significant increase in our

nonperforming loans which could result in a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses, or an

increase in loan charge-offs, any of which would have an adverse impact, which could be material, on our business, financial

condition, and results of operations.

We own real estate as a result of foreclosures resulting from non-performing loans. If other lenders or borrowers

liquidate significant amounts of real estate in a rapid or disorderly fashion, or if the FDIC elects to dispose of significant

amounts of real estate from failed financial institutions in a similar fashion, it could have an adverse effect on the values of the

properties owned by the Company by depressing the value of these real estate holdings. In such a case, we may incur further

write-downs and charge-offs, which could, in turn, adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in retail distribution strategies and consumer behavior may adversely impact our business, financial condition

and results of operations.

We have significant investments in bank premises and equipment for our branch network as well as our retail work

force and other branch banking assets. Advances in technology, as well as changing customer preferences for accessing our

products and services, are requiring us to change our retail distribution strategy. As a result of the current market environment

and customer behavior, we have undertaken a branch optimization strategy that has led to the closure, consolidation or sale of

certain branches in our network. These actions could lead to losses on these assets or could adversely impact the carrying value

33

of other long-lived assets and may lead to increased expenditures to renovate and reconfigure remaining branches or to

otherwise further reform our retail distribution channel. In addition, any changes in our branch network strategy could adversely

impact our business, financial condition or operations if it results in the loss of customers or deposits which we rely on as a low

cost and stable source of funds for our loans and operations.

We may suffer losses in our loan portfolio due to inadequate or faulty underwriting and loan collection practices.

There are risks inherent in any loan portfolio, which we attempt to address by adhering to specific underwriting and

loan collection practices. Underwriting practices often include analysis of a borrower's prior credit history; financial statements;

tax returns; cash flow projections; valuation of collateral; personal guarantees of loans to businesses; and verification of liquid

assets. If the underwriting process fails to capture accurate information or proves to be inadequate, we may incur losses on

loans that appeared to meet our underwriting criteria, and those losses may exceed the amounts set aside as reserves in the

allowance for credit losses. Loan collection resources may be expanded to meet increases in nonperforming loans resulting

from economic downturns or to service any loans acquired, resulting in higher loan administration costs. We are also exposed

to the risk of improper documentation of foreclosure proceedings that would also increase the cost of collection.

Our operations are focused in the western United States, subjecting us to the risks of general economic conditions in

these market areas.

Substantially all of the Bank's loans are to individuals, businesses and real estate developers in the Pacific Northwest,

California, Arizona, Utah, Texas, New Mexico and Nevada. As a result, our business depends significantly on general

economic conditions in these market areas. A substantial increase in unemployment rates, or severe declines in housing prices

and property values in any of these primary market areas could have a material adverse effect on our business due to a number

of factors, including:

•Loan delinquencies may increase.

•Problem assets and foreclosures may increase.

•Demand for the Bank's products and services may decline.

•Collateral for loans made by the Bank, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing a customer's

borrowing power and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with the loans.

•Natural disasters and catastrophic events such as wildfires, floods and earthquakes may damage or destroy collateral

for loans made by the Bank and negatively impact the collateral’s value and a customer’s ability to repay loans.

Impairment of goodwill may adversely impact future results of operations.

Accounting standards require that we account for acquisitions using a method that could result in goodwill.  If the

purchase price of the acquired company exceeds the fair value of the acquired net assets, the excess will be included in the

Company's Statement of Financial Condition as goodwill.  The Company has a significant goodwill balance and, in accordance

with GAAP, we evaluate it for impairment at least annually and more often if events or circumstances indicate the possibility of

impairment.  Evaluations may be based on many factors, some of which are the price of our Common Stock, discounted cash

flow projections and data from comparable market acquisitions. A significant and sustained decline in our stock price and

market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business

climate or slower growth rates could result in impairment of our goodwill. Future evaluations of goodwill may result in the

impairment and write-down of our goodwill balance which could have a material adverse impact on our earnings and adversely

affect our operating results.

Competitive Risks

The Bank faces strong competition from other financial institutions and new market participants, offering services

similar to those offered by the Bank.

Many competitors, including fintech companies, offer the same types of loan and deposit services that the Company

offers. These competitors include national and multinational banks, other regional banks, savings associations, community

banks, credit unions, fintechs, and other financial intermediaries. In particular, our competitors include national banks and

major financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain

numerous banking locations, launch new technologies and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. The

effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements than we do. Our future

success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and

34

services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. We may

not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products

and services to our customers. In addition, the implementation of technological changes and upgrades to maintain current

systems and integrate new ones may also cause service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion

delays and may cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully

manage the risks associated with our increased dependency on technology.  Additionally, recent technological breakthroughs

have made it possible for other non-traditional competitors to enter the marketplace and compete for traditional banking

services. Increased competition within our geographic market area may result in reduced loan originations and deposits.

Ultimately, competition from current and future competitors may affect our business materially and adversely.

We rely, in part, on external financing to fund our operations and the unavailability of such funding in the future could

adversely impact our growth and prospects.

We rely on customer deposits, advances from the FHLB and other borrowings to fund our operations.  Core deposits

are a low cost and generally stable source of funding and a significant source of funds for our lending activities. Management

has historically been able to replace maturing deposits, if desired; however, we may not be able to replace such funds at any

given point in time if our financial condition or market conditions change or if the cost of doing so might adversely affect our

business, financial condition and results of operations.  If we are forced to seek other sources of funds, such as additional

brokered deposits or borrowings from the FHLB, the interest expense associated with these other funding sources are now and

may be higher than the rates we are currently paying on our deposits, which would adversely impact our net income, and such

sources of funding may be more volatile and unavailable.

If we need additional funds for our liquidity needs, we may seek additional debt to achieve our long-term business

objectives. Such borrowings, if sought, may not be available to us or, if available, may not be on favorable terms. If additional

financing sources are unavailable or are not available on reasonable terms, our business, financial condition and results of

operations may be adversely affected.

We may not be able to continue to grow organically or through acquisitions.

Historically, we have expanded through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. If market and regulatory

conditions change, we may be unable to grow organically or successfully compete for, complete, and integrate potential future

acquisitions at the same pace as we have achieved in recent years, or at all. We have historically used our strong stock currency

and capital resources to complete acquisitions. Downturns in the stock market and the market price of our stock, changes in our

capital position, and changes in our regulatory standing, including a “Needs to Improve” CRA rating, could each have a

negative impact on our ability to complete future acquisitions.

Our entry into California may present increased risk that may adversely impact our business, prospects and financial

condition.

The Merger with Luther Burbank resulted in the Bank’s initial entry into the state of California. We previously had no

operating experience in California, relied on the experience and expertise of Luther Burbank’s lending and business

development officers to help with our transition. The banking and financial services business in California is highly competitive

and we compete for loans, deposits and customers for financial services with other commercial banks, savings and loan

associations, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies, money

market funds, credit unions, fintechs, and other nonbank financial service providers. Many of these competitors are much larger

in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader array of financial services than the

Company. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively in California, and if we are unable

to compete effectively in California, the benefits we were anticipating from the Merger may not be fully achieved, and our

results of operations and financial conditions could be materially and adversely affected.

Security Ownership Risks

The Company’s business or the value of its common shares could be negatively affected as a result of actions by activist

shareholders.

The Company values constructive input from shareholders, and our Board of Directors and management team are

committed to acting in the best interests of all of the Company’s shareholders. Activist shareholders who disagree with the

composition of the Board of Directors, the Company’s strategic direction, or the way the Company is managed may seek to

effect change through various strategies that range from private engagement to public filings, proxy contests, efforts to force

transactions not supported by the Board of Directors, and litigation. In recent months, activist investors have increasingly

targeted regional banking institutions, like the Bank, including campaigns at Comerica Incorporated and Eastern Bancshares,

35

Inc.  Responding to some of these actions can be costly and time-consuming, may disrupt the Company’s operations and divert

the attention of the Board of Directors and management. Such activities could interfere with the Company’s ability to execute

its strategic plan and to attract and retain qualified executive leadership. The perceived uncertainty as to the Company’s future

direction resulting from activist strategies could also affect the market price and volatility of the Company’s common shares.

Our ability to pay dividends is subject to limitations that may affect our ability to continue to pay dividends to

shareholders.

The Company is a separate legal entity from the bank subsidiary and does not have significant operations of its own.

The availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by the Bank's earnings and capital, as well as various federal and state

statutes and regulations. It is possible, depending upon the financial condition of the Bank and other factors, that the Bank may

not be able to pay dividends to the Company. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Company, then we may not be able

to pay dividends on our preferred or Common Stock to our shareholders. If the Bank's earnings are not sufficient to make

dividend payments to us while maintaining adequate capital levels, then our liquidity may be affected and our stock price may

be negatively affected by our inability to pay dividends, which will have an adverse impact on both the Company and our

shareholders.

Our 4.875% Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (“Series A Preferred Stock”) ranks senior

to our Common Stock, and we are prohibited from paying dividends on our Common Stock unless we have paid

dividends on our Series A Preferred.

Shares of our Series A Preferred Stock rank senior to our Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and

distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive,

when, as, and if declared by our Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of our Board of Directors), out of assets

legally available for the payment of dividends under Washington law, non-cumulative cash dividends based on the liquidation

preference of the Series A Preferred Stock at a rate equal to 4.875% per annum for each quarterly dividend period, beginning on

April 15, 2021. If we do not or are unable to pay quarterly dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock, we may not pay a

dividend to the holders of our Common Stock. Our stock price may be negatively affected by our inability to pay dividends,

which will have an adverse impact on both the Company and our shareholders.

In addition, if we fail to pay, or declare and set apart for payment, dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock for six

quarterly dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, the number of directors on our Board of Directors will automatically be

increased by two, and the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will have the right to elect two additional members of

our Board of Directors (the “Preferred Stock Directors”) to fill such newly created directorships.

The market price for our Common Stock may be volatile.

The market price of our Common Stock could fluctuate substantially in the future in response to a number of factors,

including those discussed below. The market price of our Common Stock has in the past fluctuated significantly, including in

2023 as a result of the high-profile bank failures and in 2025 following the announcement of new tariff policies by the current

administration. We expect to see additional volatility in the financial markets due to the uncertainty caused by the continuing

global conflicts, U.S. trade policy, AI stock valuation corrections, interest rates and changing Federal Reserve policies. Some

additional factors that may cause the price of our Common Stock to fluctuate include:

•general conditions in the financial markets and real estate markets.

•macro-economic and political conditions in the U. S. and the financial markets generally.

•variations in the operating results of the Company and our competitors.

•events affecting other companies that the market deems comparable to the Company.

•changes in securities analysts' estimates of our future performance and the future performance of our competitors.

•announcements by the Company or our competitors of mergers, acquisitions and strategic partnerships.

•additions or departure of key personnel.

•the presence or absence of short selling of the Company's Common Stock.

•future sales by us of our Common Stock or debt securities.

The stock markets in general have experienced substantial price and trading fluctuations. These fluctuations have

resulted in volatility in the market prices of securities that often has been unrelated or disproportionate to changes in operating

performance. These broad market fluctuations are expected to continue for the near future, and may adversely affect the trading

price of our Common Stock.

36

There may be future sales or other dilution of the Company's equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our

Common Stock or depositary shares.

Our Board of Directors is authorized to cause the Company to issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock

junior to our Series A Preferred Stock from time to time without any action on the part of our shareholders, and our Board of

Directors also has the power, without shareholder approval, to set the terms of any such classes or series of preferred stock that

may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, and preferences over the Common Stock with respect to dividends or

upon our dissolution, winding up and liquidation and other terms.

The issuance of any additional shares of common or of preferred stock or convertible securities or the exercise of such

securities could be substantially dilutive to existing shareholders. As we did for the Merger with Luther Burbank, we may also

elect to use Common Stock to fund new acquisitions, which will further dilute existing shareholders. Holders of our Common

Stock have no preemptive rights that entitle holders to purchase their pro rata share of any offering of shares of any class or

series and, therefore, such sales or offerings could result in increased dilution to our shareholders.

A person holding our Common Stock could have the voting power of their shares of Common Stock on all matters

significantly reduced under Washington's anti-takeover statutes, if the person acquires 10% or more of the voting stock

of the Company.

We are incorporated in the state of Washington and subject to Washington state law. Some provisions of Washington

state law could interfere with or restrict takeover bids or other change-in-control events affecting us. For example, Chapter

23B.19 of the Washington Business Corporation Act, with limited exceptions, prohibits a “target corporation” from engaging in

specified “significant business transactions” for a period of five years after the share acquisition by an acquiring person, without

complying with certain shareholder approval requirements. An acquiring person is defined as a person or group of persons that

beneficially own 10% or more of our voting securities. Such prohibited transactions include, among other things:

•certain mergers, or consolidations with, disposition of assets to, or issuances of stock to or redemption of stock from,

the acquiring person;

•termination of 5% or more of the employees of the target corporation as a result of the acquiring person's acquisition of

10% or more of the shares;

•allowing the acquiring person to receive any disproportionate benefit as a shareholder; and

•liquidating or dissolving the target corporation.

After the five-year period, certain “significant business transactions” are permitted, if they comply with certain “fair

price” provisions of the statute or are approved by a majority of the outstanding shares other than those of which the acquiring

person has beneficial ownership. As a Washington corporation, the Company is not permitted to “opt out” of this statute.

Item 1B.              Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 1C.              Cybersecurity

Cybersecurity risk management and strategy

We recognize the value of personal and financial information and are dedicated to protecting the confidentiality,

integrity, and availability of our data and systems. From the Board of Directors to our Customer Service Representatives, all

individuals at the organization are responsible for handling confidential data with care.

Our Information Security Program is aligned with applicable federal and state regulations, the Federal Financial

Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) Examination Guidance, and industry-accepted security standards such as the

National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Cybersecurity Framework, which are at the forefront of cybersecurity

guidelines for federal agencies in the U.S. We employ a defense in depth strategy that incorporates preventive, detective, and

administrative safeguards including, but not limited to, advanced anti-malware and firewall technologies, anti-phishing and web

filtering controls, robust patch management and vulnerability management processes, configuration hardening, participation

37

with the Financial Services Information Sharing and Analysis Center (FS-ISAC) for sharing and consuming threat information,

and we perform regular security testing to evaluate our defenses against real-world threats. We have an extensive information

security training program that aims to regularly educate our colleagues on current best practices on handling sensitive

information and expectations for protecting the organization and our customers. All employees complete mandatory

cybersecurity training on at least a quarterly basis, including how to identify phishing attacks. Colleagues are tested regularly

with simulated social engineering attacks to ensure awareness and preparedness.  As an additional risk mitigation measure, the

Bank maintains cybersecurity insurance in the event that a material incident does occur.

The ability to mitigate cybersecurity risks is dependent upon an effective risk assessment process that identifies,

measures, controls, and monitors material risks stemming from cybersecurity threats. These threats include any potential

unauthorized activities occurring through the Company’s information systems that could adversely affect the confidentiality,

integrity, or availability of the Company’s information systems or the data contained therein. The Company’s Information

Security Program includes a comprehensive information security risk assessment process that incorporates the following

elements:

•Identifying threats, measuring risk, defining information security requirements, and implementing controls to reduce

risk.

•Identifying reasonably foreseeable internal and external threats that may lead to unauthorized disclosure, misuse,

alteration, or destruction of sensitive information or information systems.

•Assessing the likelihood and potential damage posed by these threats, considering the degree of information sensitivity

and the Company’s operations, inclusive of substantive changes to people, processes and technology.

•Aligning the Information Security Program with the Company’s enterprise-wide risk management program, which

identifies, measures, mitigates, and monitors risk.

•Evaluating the adequacy of policies, procedures, information systems, and other arrangements designed to control

identified risks.

•Providing input for internal and external auditors and independent third-party engagements, including in relation to

third party operated penetration tests.

•Exercising risk oversight to conduct appropriate, risk-based due diligence and monitoring to understand risks

associated with our third-party vendors and outsourced services.

The risk assessment process is designed to identify assets requiring risk reduction strategies and includes an evaluation

of the key factors applicable to the operation. The Company conducts a variety of information security assessments throughout

the year, both internally and through third-party specialists.  We partner with the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security

Agency (CISA), under the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), to conduct regular vulnerability scanning against our

public facing assets, and on a recurring basis we partner with outside firms to conduct thorough security assessments against

our external and internal environment. Results of those assessments are further evaluated, and remediation activity is

prioritized.

Our cybersecurity and IT teams prepare for and respond to cybersecurity attacks and incidents, including defending

against unauthorized access to our systems, and crafting response plans intended to significantly reduce impacts on operations

and customers. We understand that cyber threats are unwavering and evolving in this digital age, and because of that we

continue to increase investments in people and technology to help us mature our practices and maintain confidence in our

ability to safeguard our assets. While cybersecurity risks have the potential to materially affect the Company’s business,

financial condition, and results of operations, the Company does not believe that risks from cybersecurity threats or attacks,

including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have materially affected the Company, including our business

strategy, results of operations or financial condition. With regard to the possible impact of future cybersecurity threats or

incidents, see Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Cybersecurity Governance

The Risk Management Committee ("RMC") and the Technology Committee of our Board of Directors oversee the

company's approach to managing cybersecurity risks. On a quarterly basis, the Board committees receive a comprehensive

update from management on our cybersecurity risk management program. This includes information on emerging threats, the

company’s cybersecurity posture, progress toward risk mitigation goals, significant cybersecurity incidents or developments,

and the steps management has taken to address these risks. During these sessions, the Board committees typically review

materials detailing current and potential risks, as well as the company’s capacity to mitigate those risks. The committee

members also engage in discussions with our Chief Information Security Officer and Chief Information Officer about these

matters. Additionally, Board committee members are encouraged to engage in ongoing, informal conversations with

management regarding cybersecurity news and updates to our risk management and strategy initiatives. Material cybersecurity

38

risks are also reviewed during Board discussions on key topics such as enterprise risk management, operational budgeting,

business continuity planning, mergers and acquisitions, and brand management. Four individuals on the Board of Directors

have deep technology expertise, while one of those individuals is responsible for leading cloud security at a Fortune 50

technology company.

Our cybersecurity risk management and strategy are overseen by our Chief Information Security Officer, who leads a

team with decades of combined experience in information security management, cybersecurity strategy development, and the

implementation of effective cybersecurity programs. The team holds a variety of relevant degrees and professional

certifications.

These members of management are responsible for overseeing and monitoring the prevention, mitigation, detection,

and remediation of cybersecurity incidents as part of their involvement in the cybersecurity risk management and strategy

processes, including the execution of our incident response plan.

Item 2.                 Properties

The Company owns the building in which its principal executive offices are located in Seattle, Washington, as well as

certain branch properties. The Company evaluates on a continuing basis the suitability and adequacy of its offices, both

branches and administrative centers, and has opened, relocated, remodeled or closed locations as necessary to maintain efficient

and attractive premises.  For further information on these activities, see Notes J and N to the Consolidated Financial Statements

in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.

Item 3.                 Legal Proceedings

The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are involved in legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of

business that in the aggregate are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial statements of the Company. The

effects of legal proceedings did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Item 4.                 Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

39

PART II

Item 5.                 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity

Securities

Common Stock

The Company’s Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under

the symbol “WAFD.” At September 30, 2025, the number of shareholders of record was 928. This figure does not represent the

actual number of beneficial owners of Common Stock because shares are frequently held in “street name” by securities dealers

and others for the benefit of individual owners who may vote the shares.

Additional information about stock options and other equity compensation plans is included in Note Q to the

Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to bank regulatory requirements, including (but not limited to) the

capital adequacy regulations and policies established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Board of

Directors' dividend policy is to review our financial performance, capital adequacy, regulatory compliance and cash resources

on a quarterly basis, and, if such review is favorable, to declare and pay a quarterly cash dividend to common shareholders.

The Company’s 4.875% Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred”),

ranks senior to the Company’s Common Stock with respect to payment of dividends, and dividends (if declared) accrue and are

payable on the Series A Preferred a rate of 4.875% per annum, payable quarterly, in arrears. While the Series A Preferred is

outstanding, unless the full dividend for the preceding quarterly period is paid in full, or declared and a sum set aside, no

dividend may be declared or paid on the Company’s Common Stock.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s stock repurchase program was publicly announced by the Board of Directors on February 3, 1995,

amended most recently in May 2024, restated in December 2024, and has no expiration date. Under this program, a total of

86,956,264 shares of the Company’s Common Stock have been authorized for repurchase. The following table shows share

repurchases made for the three months ended September 30, 2025.

Period	Total Number of<br><br>Shares Purchased	Average Price<br><br>Paid Per Share	Total Number of<br><br>Shares Purchased<br><br>as Part of  Publicly<br><br>Announced Plans or<br><br>Programs	Maximum<br><br>Number of Shares<br><br>That May Yet Be<br><br>Purchased Under<br><br>the Plans or<br><br>Programs
July 1, 2025 to July 31, 2025	455,989	$29.52	454,561	8,674,927
August 1, 2025 to August 31, 2025	512,971	29.94	512,273	8,162,654
September 1, 2025 to September 30, 2025	693	31.12	—	8,162,654
Total	969,653	$29.74	966,834	8,162,654

40

Performance Graphs

The following graphs compare the cumulative total return to WaFd shareholders (stock price appreciation plus

reinvested dividends) to the cumulative total return of the Nasdaq Stock Market Index (U.S. Companies) and the KBW Bank

Index for the five year period ended September 30, 2025, and since WaFd first became a publicly traded company on

November 9, 1982, respectively. The graphs assume that $100 was invested on September 30, 2020, and November 9, 1982,

respectively, in WaFd Common Stock, the Nasdaq Stock Market Index and the Nasdaq Financial Stocks Index, and that all

dividends were reinvested. Management of WaFd cautions that the stock price performance shown in the graphs below should

not be considered indicative of potential future stock price performance.

41

Item 6.                 [Reserved]

Item 7.                 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in “Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report. In the following discussion, unless otherwise noted, references to

increases or decreases in average balances in items of income and expense for a particular period and balances at a particular

date refer to the comparison with corresponding amounts for the period or date for the previous year.

In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that

involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-

looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual

Report on Form 10-K.  This section of this Form 10-K generally discusses 2025 and 2024 items and year-to-year comparisons

between 2025 and 2024.  For management's review of the factors that affected our results of operations for the years ended

September 30, 2024 and 2023, refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2024, which was

filed with the SEC on November 20, 2024.

42

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to use judgment in

making estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts within the consolidated financial statements. Actual results

may differ from these estimates.  While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note A to the

Consolidated Financial Statements, we believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical for understanding our

historical and future performance. Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to

the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex

judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of the matters that are inherently uncertain.

Allowance for Credit Losses. Management’s determination of the amount of the ACL is a critical accounting estimate as it

requires significant reliance on the credit risk we ascribe to individual borrowers, the use of estimates and significant judgment

as to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on individually evaluated loans, significant reliance on historical loss

rates on homogeneous portfolios, consideration of our quantitative and qualitative evaluation of past events, current conditions,

and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amounts.

Going forward, the methodology used to calculate the ACL will be significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics

and quality of our loan portfolio, as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts utilized. Material changes to these

and other relevant factors may result in greater volatility to the allowance for credit losses, and therefore, greater volatility in

our reported earnings.

Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the acquisition consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities

assumed. We have determined our goodwill balance is all related to a single reporting unit and perform an annual impairment

assessment on August 31st, or sooner if an impairment indicator exists. We perform a quantitative impairment assessment and,

upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is

recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

When performing the quantitative assessment of goodwill impairment, we estimate the fair value of our reporting unit using the

market capitalization approach, based on quoted market prices of our securities, adjusted for the effect of a control premium.

Based on the results of the annual quantitative evaluation for 2025, the fair value of our single reporting unit exceeded its

respective carrying value and did not result in impairment for the reporting unit.

The Company continuously monitors for events and circumstances that could negatively impact the key assumptions in

determining fair value. While the Company believes the judgments and assumptions used in the goodwill impairment test are

reasonable, different assumptions or changes in general industry, market and macro-economic conditions could change the

estimated fair values and, therefore, future impairment charges could be required, which could be material to the consolidated

financial statements.

Business Combinations. The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations.  Under the

acquisition method, the acquiring entity recognizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair

values. Management utilizes prevailing valuation techniques appropriate for the asset or liability being measured in determining

these fair values. This method often involves estimates based on third party valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses

or other valuation techniques, all of which are inherently subjective.  Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net

assets and other identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed from contingencies must also be recognized at fair value if the fair value can be

determined during the measurement period. Acquisition-related costs, including conversion and restructuring charges, are

expensed as incurred. Fair values are subject to refinement over the measurement period, not to exceed one year after the

closing date.

Management uses various valuation methodologies to estimate the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities which often

involve a significant degree of judgment. Changes in the assumptions utilized within these valuations, including downturns in

economic or business conditions, could have a significant adverse impact on the carrying value of assets which could result in

impairment losses affecting the Company's financial statements as a whole.

Select information regarding the ACL is under the "Allowance for Credit Losses" heading within this section below. For further

details on the ACL, business combinations or goodwill, see Notes A, B, and E to the Consolidated Financial Statements in

“Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

43

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following table provides detail regarding the Company's allowance for credit losses.

Twelve Months Ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023	2022	2021
	(In thousands)
Beginning balance	$203,753	$177,207	$172,808	$171,300	$166,955
Charge-offs:
Commercial loans
Multi-Family	555	—	—	—	—
Commercial Real Estate	9,652	203	—	529	—
Commercial & Industrial Loans	1,291	2,611	45,856	1,202	31
Construction	—	—	—	—	—
Land – Acquisition & Development	—	149	—	11	2
Total commercial loans	11,498	2,963	45,856	1,742	33
Consumer loans
Single-Family Residential	338	144	34	—	106
Construction – Custom	—	—	—	—	—
Land – Consumer Lot Loans	—	—	—	27	—
HELOC	—	—	—	—	—
Consumer	1,334	518	580	370	286
Total consumer loans	1,672	662	614	397	392
	13,170	3,625	46,470	2,139	425
Recoveries:
Commercial loans
Multi-Family	—	—	—	—	—
Commercial Real Estate	169	4	103	984	2,789
Commercial & Industrial Loans	252	1,069	93	73	92
Construction	—	—	—	2,179	—
Land – Acquisition & Development	33	105	78	70	622
Total commercial loans	454	1,178	274	3,306	3,503
Consumer loans
Single-Family Residential	572	381	568	1,002	2,026
Construction – Custom	4	1	—	—	—
Land – Consumer Lot Loans	—	58	23	48	168
HELOC	3	4	2	351	52
Consumer	354	647	502	940	1,021
Total consumer loans	933	1,091	1,095	2,341	3,267
	1,387	2,269	1,369	5,647	6,770
Net charge-offs (recoveries)	11,783	1,356	45,101	(3,508)	(6,345)
ASC 326 Adoption Impact	—	—	—	—	—
Provision (release) for loan losses and transfers	7,750	27,902	49,500	(2,000)	(2,000)
Ending balance (1)	$199,720	$203,753	$177,207	$172,808	$171,300
Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to<br><br>average loans outstanding	0.06%	0.01%	0.26%	(0.02)%	(0.05)%

(1) This does not include a reserve for unfunded commitments of $21,500,000, $21,500,000, $24,500,000, $32,500,000 and

$27,500,000 as of September 30, 2025, 2024, 2023, 2022 and 2021 respectively.

44

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table shows changes in the Company's allowance for credit losses since the prior year.

	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024	$ Change	% Change
(In thousands)
Allowance for credit losses:
Commercial loans
Multi-family	$25,953	$25,248	$705	3%
Commercial real estate	41,988	39,210	2,778	7%
Commercial & industrial	59,163	58,748	415	1%
Construction	18,136	22,267	(4,131)	(19)%
Land - acquisition & development	6,894	7,900	(1,006)	(13)%
Total commercial loans	152,134	153,373	(1,239)	(1)%
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	38,880	40,523	(1,643)	(4)%
Construction - custom	610	1,427	(817)	(57)%
Land - consumer lot loans	2,104	2,564	(460)	(18)%
HELOC	3,069	3,049	20	1%
Consumer	2,923	2,817	106	4%
Total consumer loans	47,586	50,380	(2,794)	(6)%
Total allowance for loan losses	199,720	203,753	(4,033)	(2)%
Reserve for unfunded commitments	21,500	21,500	—	—%
Total allowance for credit losses	$221,220	$225,253	$(4,033)	(2)%

The allowance for loan losses decreased by $4,033,000, or 1.98%, from $203,753,000 as of September 30, 2024, to

$199,720,000 at September 30, 2025. As of September 30, 2025, the allowance of $199,720,000 is for loans that are evaluated

on a pooled basis, which was comprised of $131,652,000 related to the quantitative component and $68,068,000 related to

management's qualitative overlays.  The fluctuations that resulted in the overall decrease from the prior year can be seen in the

table above. The allowance for both commercial construction loans and land A&D loans decreased as projects were completed

and paid off or transitioned to CRE. Single-family, residential construction and lot loans decreased as a result of run-off after

the Bank's exit of the residential mortgage market..

The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $7,750,000 in 2025, compared to a provision of $17,500,000 for 2024.

These amounts are net of provision and recapture related to the unfunded commitments reserve. In 2025, provisioning reflected

increasing trends in charge-offs and negative migration of delinquent and nonperforming loans combined with economic

concerns. In 2024, provisioning included the initial provision of $16,000,000 recorded on LBC loans acquired, as well as

adjustments resulting from qualitative considerations such as prolonged and intensified borrower sensitivity to high interest

rates and operating costs due to inflationary pressures. For the year ended September 30, 2025, net charge-offs were

$11,783,000, compared to charge-offs of $1,356,000 in the prior year. The ratio of the total ACL to total gross loans increased

to 1.04% as of  September 30, 2025, as compared to 1.01% as of September 30, 2024. A shift toward commercial loan

originations led to a modified mix of loan types combined with increased qualitative reserve adjustments resulted in this

increase.

The reserve for unfunded loan commitments was $21,500,000 as of September 30, 2025, unchanged compared to $21,500,000

as of September 30, 2024.

Management believes the total ACL is sufficient to absorb estimated losses inherent in the portfolio of loans and unfunded

commitments.

45

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth the amount of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses by loan portfolio and class.

September 30,	2025		2024			2023			2022			2021
	Allowance	Coverage<br><br>Ratio	Allowance	Loans to<br><br>Total<br><br>Loans (1)	Coverage<br><br>Ratio	Allowance	Loans to<br><br>Total<br><br>Loans (1)	Coverage<br><br>Ratio (2)	Allowance	Loans to<br><br>Total<br><br>Loans (1)	Coverage<br><br>Ratio (2)	Allowance	Loans to<br><br>Total<br><br>Loans (1)	Coverage<br><br>Ratio (2)
	( in thousands)
Commercial loans
Multi-family	25,953	0.6%	$25,248	21.7%	0.6%	$13,155	16.4%	0.5%	$12,013	16.2%	0.5%	$16,949	16.3%	0.8%
Commercial real estate	41,988	1.2	39,210	17.7	1.1	28,842	18.8	0.9	25,814	19.1	0.8	23,437	17.4	1.0
Commercial & industrial	59,163	2.5	58,748	10.9	2.6	58,773	12.9	2.6	57,210	14.2	2.5	45,957	16.3	2.0
Construction	18,136	1.7	22,267	6.7	1.6	29,408	10.4	1.6	26,161	8.7	1.9	25,585	7.9	2.3
Land – acquisition &<br><br>development	6,894	5.2	7,900	0.7	5.2	7,016	0.9	4.7	12,278	1.3	5.8	13,447	1.3	7.5
Total commercial loans	152,134		153,373			137,194			133,476			125,375
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	38,880	0.5	40,523	39.4	0.5	28,029	36.4	0.4	25,518	35.4	0.4	30,978	35.5	0.6
Construction – custom	610	0.8	1,427	0.9	0.8	2,781	1.8	0.9	3,410	2.4	0.9	4,907	2.5	1.4
Land – consumer lot<br><br>loans	2,104	2.4	2,564	0.5	2.4	3,512	0.7	2.9	5,047	0.9	3.4	4,939	1.0	3.4
HELOC	3,069	1.1	3,049	1.3	1.1	2,859	1.3	1.2	2,482	1.3	1.2	2,390	1.2	1.5
Consumer	2,923	5.0	2,817	0.3	4.0	2,832	0.4	4.2	2,875	0.5	4.0	2,711	0.6	3.2
Total consumer loans	47,586		50,380			40,013			39,332			45,925
Total allowance for loan<br><br>losses (3)	199,720		$203,753	100%		$177,207	100%		$172,808	100%		$171,300	100%

All values are in US Dollars.

___________________

(1)Represents the loans receivable for each respective loan class as a % of total loans receivable.

(2)Represents the allowance for each respective loan class as a % of loans receivable for that same loan class. The underlying commercial & industrial loan balances for

September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 include PPP loans for which no allowance was recorded.  These PPP loan balances were  $1,000,000, $10,000,000 and $312,000,000 as of

September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 respectively.

(3)This does not include a reserve for unfunded commitments of $21,500,000, $21,500,000, $24,500,000, $32,500,000 and $27,500,000 as of September 30, 2025, 2024, 2023,

2022 and 2021, respectively.

46

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ASSET QUALITY

Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty. Loans may be modified as the result of borrowers

experiencing financial difficulty needing relief from the contractual terms of their loan. Most loan modifications to borrowers

experiencing financial difficulty are accruing and performing loans where the borrower has approached the Bank about

modification due to temporary financial difficulties. Each request for modification is individually evaluated for merit and

likelihood of success. Often a term extension is needed in the short term in order to evaluate the need for further corrective

action. Payment delays and interest-only payments may also be approved during the modification period. Principal forgiveness

is not an available option for restructured loans.

Non-Performing Assets. When a borrower violates a condition of a loan, the Bank attempts to cure the default by contacting

the borrower. In most cases, defaults are cured promptly. If the default is not cured within an appropriate time frame, typically

90 days, the Bank may institute appropriate action to collect the loan, such as making demand for payment or initiating

foreclosure proceedings on the collateral. If foreclosure occurs, the collateral will typically be sold at public auction and may be

purchased by the Bank.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in the judgment of management, the probability of collecting interest or principal

is deemed to be insufficient to warrant further accrual. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, previously accrued but

unpaid interest is deducted from interest income. The Bank does not accrue interest on loans 90 days past due or more. See

Note A to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof for additional information.

For commercial loans, six consecutive payments on newly restructured loan terms are generally required prior to returning the

loan to accrual status. In some instances after the required six consecutive payments are made, a management assessment will

conclude that collection of the entire principal balance is still in doubt. In those instances, the loan will remain on non-accrual.

Homogeneous loans may or may not be on accrual status at the time of restructuring, but all are placed on accrual status upon

the restructuring of the loan.

Real estate acquired by foreclosure or deed-in-lieu thereof (“REO” or “Real Estate Owned”) is classified as real estate held for

sale. When property is acquired, it is recorded at the fair market value less estimated selling costs at the date of acquisition.

Interest accrual ceases on the date of acquisition and all costs incurred in maintaining the property from that date forward are

expensed as incurred. Costs incurred for the improvement or development of such property are capitalized. See Note A to the

Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof for additional information.

47

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth information regarding the Bank's non-performing assets.

September 30,	2025	2024	2023	2022	2021
	(In thousands)
Commercial loans
Multi-family	19,121	18,743	5,127	5,912	475
Commercial real estate	69,972	26,362	23,435	4,691	8,038
Commercial & industrial	11,047	—	6,082	5,693	365
Construction	3,400	1,120	—	—	505
Land – acquisition & development	—	74	—	—	2,340
Total commercial loans	103,540	46,299	34,644	16,296	11,723
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	23,741	21,488	14,918	17,450	19,320
Construction – custom	760	848	88	435	—
Land – consumer lot loans	23	—	9	84	359
HELOC	412	596	736	233	287
Consumer	152	310	27	36	60
Total consumer loans	25,088	23,242	15,778	18,238	20,026
Total non-accrual loans (1)	128,628	69,541	50,422	34,534	31,749
Real estate owned	11,084	4,567	4,149	6,667	8,204
Other property owned	3,310	3,310	3,353	3,353	3,672
Total non-performing assets	$143,022	$77,418	$57,924	$44,554	$43,625
Total non-performing assets to total assets	0.54%	0.28%	0.26%	0.21%	0.22%

(1)    For the year ended September 30, 2025, the Bank recognized $3,304,802 in interest income on cash payments received from borrowers

on non-accrual loans. The Bank would have recognized interest income of $4,591,000 for the same period had these loans performed

according to their original contract terms. The recognized interest income may include more than twelve months of interest for some

of the non-accrual loans that were brought current or paid off.  In addition to the non-accrual loans reflected in the above table, the

Bank had $505,815,000 of loans that were less than 90 days delinquent at September 30, 2025 but were classified as substandard for

one or more reasons. If these loans were deemed non-performing, the Company's ratio of total non-performing assets and performing

restructured loans as a percent of total assets would have increased to 2.43% at September 30, 2025. For a discussion of the Bank's

policy for placing loans on non-accrual status, see Note A to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report.

Non-performing assets increased 84.7% to $143,022,000, or 0.54% of total assets, at September 30, 2025, compared to

$77,418,000, or 0.28% of total assets, at September 30, 2024 as a result of an increase of $59,087,000 in non-accrual loans

combined with a $6,517,000 increase in real estate owned. The increase in non-accrual loans is primarily the result of one

commercial real estate loan over 90 days past due. Although appropriately non-accrual based on policy, there was no charge-off

taken upon revaluation. Management is actively collaborating with the borrower. Other property owned of $3,310,000 as of

September 30, 2025 is comprised entirely of a government guarantee related to equipment obtained via a commercial loan

foreclosure.

As of September 30, 2025, real estate owned totaled $11,084,000, an increase of $6,517,000, or 142.7%, from $4,567,000 as of

September 30, 2024. During 2025, the Bank sold real estate owned properties for total net proceeds of $2,865,000. The majority

of REO properties are former bank premises that are expected to be sold.

The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans decreased to 155% as of September 30, 2025, from 293% as of

September 30, 2024.

48

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CHANGES IN FINANCIAL CONDITION

Cash and cash equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents decreased to $657,310,000 at September 30, 2025, as compared to

$2,381,102,000 at September 30, 2024. The prior year end balances reflected cash received from the Luther Burbank multi-

family and single-family residential loan portfolio sales. The decrease in the current year reflects cash used to reduce

borrowings and purchase investment securities during the year.

Available-for-sale (AFS) investment securities: Available-for-sale securities increased $960,492,000, or 37.3%, during the year

ended September 30, 2025, to $3,533,201,000, as a result of securities purchases of $1,482,058,000 combined with unrealized

losses of $9,237,000 and a reclassification of gain into earnings from AFS securities hedging derivatives of $15,452,000

partially offset by principal repayments and maturities of $561,808,000 and sales of $797,000. The net unrealized loss the year

ended September 30, 2025 is recorded net of tax within AOCI, and is decreased compared to unrealized losses of  $44,168,000

as of September 30, 2024.

Substantially all of the Company’s AFS debt securities are issued by U.S. government agencies or U.S. government-sponsored

enterprises. These securities carry the explicit and/or implicit guarantee of the U.S. government and have a long history of zero

credit loss. The remaining securities are issued by highly-rated municipalities or corporate borrowers. The Company does not

believe that any of its AFS debt securities have credit loss impairment as of September 30, 2025, therefore, no allowance was

recorded. The impact going forward will depend on the composition, characteristics, and credit quality of the securities

portfolios as well as the economic conditions at future reporting periods.

Held-to-maturity (HTM) investment securities: Held-to-maturity securities increased by $208,830,000 to $645,802,000, or

47.8%, during the year ended September 30, 2025, largely due to the purchase of $261,842,000 of HTM securities. These

purchases were offset by principal repayments and maturities of $53,030,000 during the period. There were no held-to-maturity

securities sold during the year ended September 30, 2025. As of September 30, 2025, the net unrealized loss on held-to-

maturity securities was $33,063,000, compared to $35,926,000 the year prior.

Substantially all of the Company’s HTM debt securities are issued by U.S. government agencies or U.S. government-sponsored

enterprises. These securities carry the explicit and/or implicit guarantee of the U.S. government and have a long history of zero

credit loss, thus the Company did not record an allowance for credit losses for HTM securities as of September 30, 2025. The

impact going forward will depend on the composition, characteristics, and credit quality of the securities portfolios as well as

the economic conditions at future reporting periods.

The table below shows the available-for-sale and held-for-investment securities portfolios categorized by contractual maturity

band.

September 30, 2025	AmortizedCost
	( in thousands)
Due in less than 1 year	21,325
Due after 1 year through 5 years	460,375
Due after 5 years through 10 years	555,355
Due after 10 years	3,151,184
	4,188,239

All values are in US Dollars.

For further information on our investment portfolio, see Note C to the Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8. Financial

Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.

Loans receivable: Loans receivable, net of related contra accounts, decreased $827,736,000, or 4.0%, to $20,088,618,000 at

September 30, 2025, from $20,916,354,000 one year earlier. The balance change reflects originations of $3,956,199,000, a

decrease to loans-in-process of $236,192,000 and principal repayments of $5,145,176,000 during the year ended September 30,

2025. Commercial loan originations accounted for 83.1% of total originations and consumer originations were 16.9% as the

Bank exited the residential mortgage market mid-year.  Management continues to focus on commercial lending, coupled with

growing economies in all major markets in which we operate.

The following table presents loan balances by category and the year-over-year change.

49

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024	Change
	( in thousands)	( in thousands)	$	%
Gross loans by category
Commercial loans
Multi-family	4,718,480	4,658,119	$60,361	1.3%
Commercial real estate	3,604,600	3,757,040	(152,440)	(4.1)
Commercial & industrial	2,392,685	2,337,139	55,546	2.4
Construction	1,756,890	2,174,254	(417,364)	(19.2)
Land - acquisition & development	179,099	200,713	(21,614)	(10.8)
Total commercial loans	12,651,754	13,127,265	(475,511)	(3.6)
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	8,053,771	8,399,030	(345,259)	(4.1)
Construction - custom	150,237	384,161	(233,924)	(60.9)
Land - consumer lot loans	89,298	108,791	(19,493)	(17.9)
HELOC	267,871	266,151	1,720	0.6
Consumer	61,461	73,998	(12,537)	(16.9)
Total consumer loans	8,622,638	9,232,131	(609,493)	(6.6)
Total gross loans	21,274,392	22,359,396	(1,085,004)	(4.9)%
Less:
Allowance for loan losses	199,720	203,753	(4,033)	(2.0)
Loans in process	773,606	1,009,798	(236,192)	(23.4)
Net deferred fees, costs and discounts	212,448	229,491	(17,043)	(7.4)
Total loan contra accounts	1,185,774	1,443,042	(257,268)	(17.8)
Net loans	20,088,618	20,916,354	$(827,736)	(4.0)%

All values are in US Dollars.

The following table summarizes the Bank’s loan portfolio balances, at amortized cost, due for the periods indicated based on

contractual terms to maturity or repricing.

September 30, 2025	Total	Less than<br><br>1 Year	1 to 5<br><br>Years	5 to 15<br><br>Years	After 15<br><br>Years
	(In thousands)
Commercial loans
Multi-family	$4,631,321	$2,030,101	$1,591,043	$989,224	$20,953
Commercial real estate	3,588,950	1,533,749	1,249,774	798,074	7,353
Commercial & industrial	2,386,363	1,836,357	284,542	244,087	21,377
Construction	1,105,101	737,737	126,115	218,574	22,675
Land - acquisition & development	139,922	132,386	6,076	1,460	—
Total commercial loans	11,851,657	6,270,330	3,257,550	2,251,419	72,358
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	7,936,931	372,508	949,851	528,774	6,085,798
Construction - custom	78,243	—	6,235	12,073	59,935
Land - consumer lot loans	88,696	1,458	763	14,796	71,679
HELOC	271,286	271,096	145	45	—
Consumer	61,525	32,609	2,031	26,880	5
Total consumer loans	8,436,681	677,671	959,025	582,568	6,217,417
	$20,288,338	$6,948,001	$4,216,575	$2,833,987	$6,289,775

The contractual loan payment period for residential mortgage loans originated by the Bank normally ranges from 15 to 30

years. Experience during recent years has indicated that, because of prepayments in connection with refinancing and sales of

property, residential loans typically have a weighted average life of approximately eight years.

50

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables provide information regarding loans receivable by loan class and geography.

September 30,<br><br>2025	Multi-<br><br>family	Commercial<br><br>Real Estate	Commercial<br><br>and Industrial	Construction	Land -<br><br>A & D	Single -<br><br>Family<br><br>Residential	Construction -<br><br>custom	Land -<br><br>Lot Loans	Consumer	HELOC	Total
	(In thousands)
Washington	$527,926	$525,357	$865,595	$165,607	$36,206	$3,233,224	$38,963	$47,053	$15,359	$137,778	$5,593,068
California	1,028,968	213,997	141,079	9,904	—	1,430,553	—	—	8,327	891	2,833,719
Oregon	735,256	393,679	274,219	96,550	32,399	878,150	10,345	10,576	228	36,220	2,467,622
Arizona	718,584	510,283	107,703	132,102	1,829	763,326	14,388	15,419	5,322	33,703	2,302,659
Texas	496,987	778,600	584,717	298,729	7,718	142,302	—	86	6	4,655	2,313,800
Utah	582,534	340,726	142,749	170,890	46,377	578,787	4,507	1,186	24,140	13,577	1,905,473
New Mexico	195,161	295,648	20,221	55,851	2,407	206,860	3,423	2,384	77	9,382	791,414
Idaho	180,661	177,648	45,778	86,432	7,562	387,351	2,412	6,943	46	21,738	916,571
Nevada	125,750	191,492	112,542	47,264	5,424	305,184	4,205	5,049	2,017	10,810	809,737
Other	39,494	161,520	91,760	41,772	—	11,194	—	—	6,003	2,532	354,275
	$4,631,321	$3,588,950	$2,386,363	$1,105,101	$139,922	$7,936,931	$78,243	$88,696	$61,525	$271,286	$20,288,338		Percentage by geographic area
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
September 30,<br><br>2025	Multi-<br><br>family	Commercial<br><br>Real Estate	Commercial<br><br>and Industrial	Construction	Land -<br><br>A & D	Single -<br><br>Family<br><br>Residential	Construction -<br><br>custom	Land -<br><br>Lot Loans	Consumer	HELOC	Total
	As % of total gross loans
Washington	2.6%	2.6%	4.3%	0.8%	0.2%	15.9%	0.2%	0.2%	0.1%	0.7%	27.6%
California	5.1	1.0	0.7	—	—	7.1	—	—	0.1	—	14.0
Oregon	3.6	1.9	1.4	0.5	0.2	4.3	0.1	0.1	—	0.1	12.2
Arizona	3.5	2.5	0.5	0.7	—	3.7	0.1	0.1	—	0.2	11.3
Texas	2.4	3.9	2.9	1.5	—	0.7	—	—	—	—	11.4
Utah	2.9	1.7	0.7	0.8	0.2	2.9	—	—	0.1	0.1	9.4
New Mexico	1.0	1.5	0.1	0.3	—	1.0	—	—	—	—	3.9
Idaho	0.9	0.9	0.2	0.4	0.1	1.9	—	—	—	0.1	4.5
Nevada	0.6	0.9	0.6	0.2	—	1.5	—	—	—	0.1	3.9
Other	0.2	0.8	0.4	0.2	—	0.1	—	—	—	—	1.7
	22.8%	17.7%	11.8%	5.4%	0.7%	39.1%	0.4%	0.4%	0.3%	1.3%	100%		Percentage by geographic area as a % of each loan type
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
September 30,<br><br>2025	Multi-<br><br>family	Commercial<br><br>Real Estate	Commercial<br><br>and Industrial	Construction	Land -<br><br>A & D	Single -<br><br>Family<br><br>Residential	Construction -<br><br>custom	Land -<br><br>Lot Loans	Consumer	HELOC
	As % of total gross loans
Washington	11.4%	14.6%	36.3%	15.0%	25.9%	40.8%	49.8%	53.1%	25.0%	50.8%
California	22.2	6.0	5.9	0.9	—	18.0	—	—	13.5	0.3
Oregon	15.9	11.0	11.5	8.7	23.2	11.1	13.2	11.9	0.4	13.4
Arizona	15.5	14.2	4.5	11.9	1.3	9.6	18.4	17.4	8.6	12.4
Texas	10.7	21.7	24.5	27.0	5.5	1.8	—	0.1	—	1.7
Utah	12.6	9.5	6.0	15.5	33.1	7.3	5.7	1.3	39.2	5.0
New Mexico	4.2	8.3	0.8	5.1	1.7	2.6	4.4	2.7	0.1	3.5
Idaho	3.9	4.9	1.9	7.8	5.4	4.9	3.1	7.8	0.1	8.0
Nevada	2.7	5.3	4.7	4.3	3.9	3.8	5.4	5.7	3.3	4.0
Other	0.9	4.5	3.9	3.8	—	0.1	—	—	9.8	0.9
	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

51

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table shows the change in the geographic distribution by state of the loan portfolio since the prior year.

September 30,	2025	2024	Change
Washington	27.6%	27.3%	0.3
California	14.0	14.4	(0.4)
Oregon	12.2	11.7	0.5
Arizona	11.3	11.0	0.3
Texas	11.4	11.8	(0.4)
Utah	9.4	9.9	(0.5)
New Mexico	3.9	3.6	0.3
Idaho	4.5	4.3	0.2
Nevada	4.0	3.7	0.3
Other (1)	1.7	2.3	(0.6)
	100%	100%

(1) Includes loans from outside of our nine state footprint.

Allowance for credit losses: For details, see the “Allowance for Credit Losses" section above in this report.

Non-performing assets: For details, see the “Asset Quality" section above in this report.

Real estate owned: For details, see the “Asset Quality" section above in this report.

Interest receivable: Interest receivable was $98,589,000 as of September 30, 2025, a decrease of $4,238,000, or 4.1%, since

September 30, 2024. The decrease was the result of a 4.0% decrease in loans receivable combined with the decrease in interest

rates.

Bank Owned Life Insurance: Bank-owned life insurance increased to $275,159,000 as of September 30, 2025 from

$267,633,000 as of September 30, 2024, primarily as a result of increases in the cash surrender value of the policies. The

investments in bank-owned life insurance serve to assist in funding growing employee benefit costs.

Intangible assets: The Bank's intangible assets totaled $442,093,000 at September 30, 2025 compared to $448,425,000 as of

September 30, 2024. The decrease is largely the result of the amortization of the core deposit intangible balance created in the

Merger. The balance at September 30, 2025 is comprised of $414,722,000 of goodwill and the unamortized balance of the core

deposit and other intangibles of $27,371,000.

Customer accounts: As of September 30, 2025, customer deposits totaled $21,437,636,000 compared with $21,373,970,000 at

September 30, 2024, a $63,666,000, or 0.3%, increase driven by transaction accounts. During 2025, transaction accounts

increased by $489,347,000 or 4.1% while time deposits decreased by $425,681,000 or 4.5%.

The following table shows customer deposits by account type.

	September 30, 2025			September 30, 2024
($ in thousands)	Deposit Account<br><br>Balance	As a % of<br><br>Total Deposits	Weighted<br><br>Average Rate	Deposit Account<br><br>Balance	As a % of<br><br>Total Deposits	Weighted<br><br>Average Rate
Non-interest checking	$2,567,539	12.0%	—%	$2,500,467	11.7%	—%
Interest checking	4,865,808	22.7	2.55	4,486,444	21.0	2.89
Savings	701,558	3.3	0.22	718,560	3.4	0.23
Money market	4,171,627	19.4	2.14	4,111,714	19.2	2.22
Time deposits	9,131,104	42.6	3.74	9,556,785	44.7	4.58
Total	$21,437,636	100%	2.60%	$21,373,970	100%	3.09%

52

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table shows the geographic distribution by state for customer deposits.

($ in thousands)	September 30, 2025		September 30, 2024		$ Change	% Change
Washington	$8,685,124	40.5%	$8,528,608	39.9%	$156,516	1.8%
California	3,726,997	17.4	4,448,018	20.8	(721,021)	(16.2)%
Oregon	2,724,526	12.7	2,696,243	12.6	28,283	1.0%
Arizona	1,641,460	7.7	1,619,101	7.6	22,359	1.4%
New Mexico	1,802,886	8.4	1,622,534	7.6	180,352	11.1%
Idaho	935,047	4.4	949,025	4.4	(13,978)	(1.5)%
Utah	601,054	2.8	584,001	2.7	17,053	2.9%
Nevada	559,906	2.5	527,704	2.5	32,202	6.1%
Texas	760,636	3.6	398,736	1.9	361,900	90.8%
	$21,437,636	100%	$21,373,970	100%	$63,666	0.3%

The following table sets forth, by various interest rate categories, the amount of fixed-rate time deposits that mature during the

periods indicated.

	Maturing in
September 30, 2025	1 to 3<br><br>Months	4 to 6<br><br>Months	7 to 12<br><br>Months	13 to 24<br><br>Months	25 to 36<br><br>Months	37 to 60<br><br>Months	Total
	(In thousands)
Fixed-rate time deposits:
Under 1.00%	$27,541	$855	$—	$3,559	$2,766	$10,479	$45,200
1.00% to 1.99%	462	682	—	23,382	—	—	24,526
2.00% to 2.99%	343	712	55,437	126,434	43,611	—	226,537
3.00% to 3.99%	2,891,632	1,815,237	2,485,957	104,813	12,886	—	7,310,525
4.00% to 4.99%	505,616	550,275	391,818	76,017	—	—	1,523,726
5.00% and higher	590	—	—	—	—	—	590
Total	$3,426,184	$2,367,761	$2,933,212	$334,205	$59,263	$10,479	$9,131,104

Historically, a significant number of time deposit account holders roll over their balances into new time deposits of the same

term at the Bank’s then current rate. To ensure a continuity of this trend, the Bank expects to continue to offer market rates of

interest. The ability to retain maturing time deposits is difficult to project; however, the Bank believes that by competitively

pricing these certificates, roll-over levels deemed appropriate by management can be achieved on a continuing basis.

At September 30, 2025, the Bank had $3,895,726,000 of time deposits in amounts of $250,000 or more outstanding, maturing

as follows: $1,355,645,000 within 3 months; $1,116,894,000 over 3 months through 6 months; $1,207,030,000 over 6 months

through 12 months; and $216,157,000 thereafter.

Time deposits with a maturity of one year or less have penalties for premature withdrawal equal to 90 days of interest. When

the maturity is greater than one year but less than four years, the penalty is 180 days of interest. When the maturity is greater

than four years, the penalty is 365 days of interest. Early withdrawal penalty fee income for the years ended 2025, 2024 and

2023 amounted to $1,230,000, $1,082,000 and $1,618,000, respectively.

For additional details on customer accounts, including uninsured deposits, see Note K to the Consolidated Financial Statements

in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.

Borrowings: Total borrowings decreased to $1,765,604,000 as of September 30, 2025, as compared to $3,267,589,000 at

September 30, 2024. The weighted average rate for borrowings was 2.50% as of September 30, 2025, versus 3.93% at

September 30, 2024. The decreases in balance and rate are primarily due to the pay-down of higher interest borrowings

combined with decreasing interest rates. The Bank has entered into interest rate swaps to hedge interest rate risk and convert

certain FHLB advances to fixed rate payments. Taking into account these hedges, the weighted average effective maturity of

FHLB advances at September 30, 2025 was 2.19 years.

53

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

COMPARISON OF 2025 RESULTS WITH 2024

Net Income: Net income increased $26,027,000, or 13.0%, to $226,068,000 for the year ended September 30, 2025, as

compared to $200,041,000 for the year ended September 30, 2024. The change was due to the factors described below.

Net Interest Income: For the year ended September 30, 2025, net interest income was $654,235,000, a decrease of $6,597,000

or 1.0% from the year ended September 30, 2024. Net interest margin was 2.58% for the year ended September 30, 2025

compared to 2.69% in the prior year. The decrease was the result of the greater decrease in the rate earned on assets compared

with the rate paid on liabilities. Rates on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 22 basis points compared to the 30 basis points

decrease in the average rate on interest-earning assets. This effect was partially offset by the greater increase in interest-earning

assets compared to interest bearing liabilities. Average interest-bearing liabilities grew by 2.9% while average interest-earning

assets grew by 3.2%.

Rate/Volume Analysis

The table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense of the Company for the

years indicated. For each category of interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability, information is provided on changes

attributable to: (1) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by old rate) and (2) changes in rate (changes in rate

multiplied by old average volume). The change in interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in both volume

and rate has been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

	Twelve Months Ended September 30,
	2025 vs. 2024<br><br>Increase (Decrease) Due to			2024 vs. 2023<br><br>Increase (Decrease) Due to			2023 vs. 2022<br><br>Increase (Decrease) Due to
	Volume	Rate	Total	Volume	Rate	Total	Volume	Rate	Total
	(In thousands)			(In thousands)			(In thousands)
Interest income:
Loan portfolio	$8,703	$(54,615)	$(45,912)	$189,770	$76,011	$265,781	$87,565	$210,911	$298,476
Mortgage-backed<br><br>securities	37,084	6,205	43,289	8,129	8,469	16,598	5,760	11,092	16,852
Investments (1)	(16,317)	(13,321)	(29,638)	34,219	12,157	46,376	(13,400)	74,668	61,268
All interest-earning<br><br>assets	29,470	(61,731)	(32,261)	232,118	96,637	328,755	79,925	296,671	376,596
Interest expense:
Customer accounts	78,911	(6,638)	72,273	75,680	219,521	295,201	570	193,622	194,192
Borrowings	(65,594)	(32,343)	(97,937)	38,609	24,347	62,956	38,084	48,675	86,759
All interest-bearing<br><br>liabilities	13,317	(38,981)	(25,664)	114,289	243,868	358,157	38,654	242,297	280,951
Change in net<br><br>interest income	$16,153	$(22,750)	$(6,597)	$117,829	$(147,231)	$(29,402)	$41,271	$54,374	$95,645

(1)Includes interest on cash equivalents and dividends on stock of the FHLB of Des Moines, the FHLB of San Francisco and FRB of

San Francisco.

Provision for Credit Losses: The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $7,750,000 in 2025, compared to a

provision of $17,500,000 for 2024. In 2024, the provision included the initial provision of $16,000,000 recorded on LBC loans

acquired, as well as adjustments resulting from qualitative considerations such as prolonged and intensified borrower sensitivity

to high interest rates and operating costs due to inflationary pressures. In 2025, the provisioning reflected a shift toward higher

reserved commercial originations combined with increasing trends in charge-offs and negative migration of delinquent and

nonperforming loans combined with economic concerns. For the year ended September 30, 2025, net charge-offs were

$11,783,000, compared to  $1,356,000 in the prior year.

Non-interest Income: Non-interest income was $71,247,000 for the year ended September 30, 2025, an increase of

$10,555,000, or 17.4%, from $60,692,000 for the year ended September 30, 2024. This increase was the result of increased

54

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

prepayment fees earned on loans plus increased commission income from WaFd Insurance, the Company's insurance

subsidiary.

Non-interest Expense: Total non-interest expense was $427,463,000 for the year ended September 30, 2025, a decrease of

$20,809,000, or 4.6%, from the $448,272,000 for the year ended September 30, 2024. The 2024 results included $25,000,000 in

Merger-related costs. Compensation and benefits costs decreased $12,002,000 or 5.1% year-over-year as a result of Merger-

related retention, severance and change-in-control expenses booked in 2024 and $5,400,000 in restructuring costs arising from

the shift in strategy and exit from single family lending. Other non-interest expense also decreased as a result of Merger-related

professional and legal fees recorded in 2024. Additionally, FDIC premiums decreased $8,670,000 in 2025 compared to the

prior year resulting from several factors. The previous year's figures had included a special assessment and the decrease was

further influenced by both the contraction of the balance sheet and a lower assessment rate in 2025. Offsetting these decreases,

information technology costs increased by $6,795,000 in 2025 as compared to 2024 due to strategic investments in technology.

The Company’s efficiency ratio was 58.9% for 2025 as compared to 62.1% for the prior year. The number of staff, including

part-time employees on a full-time equivalent basis, was 1,979 and 2,208 at September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Total

operating expense for the years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 were 1.58% and 1.71%, respectively, of average assets.

Loss on Real Estate Owned: Loss on real estate owned, net was $627,000 for the year ended September 30, 2025, compared to

a net gain of $304,000 for the year ended September 30, 2024. This amount includes ongoing maintenance expense, periodic

valuation adjustments, and gains and losses on sales of REO.

Income Tax Expense: Income tax expense was $63,574,000 for the year ended September 30, 2025, an increase of $7,559,000,

or 13.5%, from the $56,015,000 for the year ended September 30, 2024. The increase is primarily due to a 13.1% increase in

pre-tax income. The effective tax rate for 2025 was 21.95% as compared to 21.88% for the year ended September 30, 2024. The

Company's effective tax rate varies from the Federal statutory rate of 21% mainly due to state taxes, tax-exempt income and

tax-credit investments.

On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, officially designated as H.R. 1, was enacted into law. This legislation includes

significant changes to federal tax law and other regulatory provisions that may impact the Company. Key provisions include the

permanent extension of several business tax benefits originally introduced under the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The

Company is currently evaluating the provisions of the new law and the potential effects on its financial position, results of

operations and cash flows. We believe the provisions of the new tax law will have no significant direct impact on our financial

position and results of operation.

COMPARISON OF 2024 RESULTS WITH 2023

For management's review of the factors that affected our results of operations for the years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023

refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on November

20, 2024.

55

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The principal sources of funds for the Company's activities are loan repayments (including prepayments), net deposit inflows,

borrowings, repayments and sales of investments and retained earnings, if applicable. The Company's principal sources of

revenue are interest on loans and interest and dividends on investments. Additionally, the Company earns fee income for loan,

deposit, insurance and other services.

The Company's shareholders' equity at September 30, 2025, was $3,039,575,000, or 11.38% of total assets, as compared to

$3,000,300,000, or 10.69% of total assets, at September 30, 2024. Items affecting shareholders' equity were net income of

$226,068,000, the payment of $84,639,000 in Common Stock dividends, the payment of $14,625,000 in preferred stock

dividends, $101,931,000 of treasury stock purchases, as well as other comprehensive income of $1,099,000. The Company paid

out 40.7% of its 2025 earnings in cash dividends to common shareholders, compared with 41.2% last year. For the year ended

September 30, 2025, the Company returned 82.5% of net income to shareholders in the form of cash dividends and share

repurchases as compared to 50.7% for the year ended September 30, 2024. Management believes the Company's strong equity

position allows it to manage balance sheet risk and provide the capital support needed for controlled growth in a regulated

environment. The Company’s share repurchase program may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time, and the timing

and amount of share repurchases is subject to market conditions and the market price of the Company’s Common Stock, as well

as other factors.

The Bank has a credit line with the FHLB - DM of up to 45% of total assets depending on specific collateral eligibility. This

line provides the Bank a substantial source of additional liquidity. The Bank has entered into borrowing agreements with the

FHLB - DM to borrow funds under a short-term floating rate cash management advance program and fixed-rate term loan

agreements. All borrowings are secured by stock of the FHLB - DM, deposits with the FHLB - DM, and a blanket pledge of

qualifying loans receivable. The Bank also has a credit line with the FHLB - SF in support of LBC borrowings from the FHLB -

SF, but the Bank is unable to take down new advances against this line. The FHLB - SF credit line is secured by a line-item

pledge of mortgage backed securities. Based on collateral pledged as of September 30, 2025, the Bank had $6,647,214,000 of

additional borrowing capacity at the FHLB - DM.

To ensure ample contingent liquidity the Bank participates in the FRB of San Francisco Borrower-in-Custody program which

collateralizes primary credit borrowings and serves as a backstop for the FHLB - DM credit line. Due to differing program

requirements between the FHLB - DM and FRB of San Francisco, participating in both increases the amount of eligible

collateral that may be pledged in support of contingent liquidity needs. The Bank is also eligible to borrow under the Federal

Reserve Bank's primary credit program.

The Company's cash and cash equivalents were $657,310,000 at September 30, 2025, which is a 72.4% decrease from the

balance of $2,381,102,000 as of September 30, 2024. The prior year end balances reflected cash received from the Luther

Burbank multi-family and single-family residential loan portfolio sales. During the year, the Company utilized cash to reduce

borrowings and purchase investments. See “Changes in Financial Condition” above and the “Statement of Cash Flows”

included in the financial statements for additional details regarding this change.

The following table presents the Company's significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations, within the categories

described below, by contractual maturity or payment amount.

September 30, 2025	Total	Less than<br><br>1 Year	1 to 5<br><br>Years	Over 5<br><br>Years
	(In thousands)
Customer accounts (1)	$21,437,636	$21,033,689	$403,943	$4
Debt obligations (2)	1,817,249	1,747,041	18,563	51,645
Operating lease obligations	63,103	10,983	29,685	22,435
	$23,317,988	$22,791,713	$452,191	$74,084

(1) Includes non-maturing customer transaction accounts.

(2) Represents contractual maturities of FHLB advances and FRB borrowings. Taking into account cash flow hedges, the weighted

average effective maturity of FHLB advances at September 30, 2025 is 2.19 years.

These obligations are included in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The payment amounts of the operating

lease obligations represent those amounts contractually due.

56

Item 7A.              Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

INTEREST RATE RISK

The primary source of income for the Bank is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income generated

by interest-earning assets and the interest expense incurred for interest-bearing liabilities. The level of net interest income is a

function of the average balance of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the difference between the yield on

earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Both the pricing and mix of the Company's interest-earning assets and

interest-bearing liabilities influence these factors. All else being equal, if the interest rates on the Company's interest-bearing

liabilities increase at a faster pace than the interest rates on its interest-earning assets, the result would be a reduction in net

interest income and with it, a reduction in net earnings. Conversely, if the interest rates on the Company's interest-bearing

liabilities decrease at a slower pace than the interest rates on its interest-earning assets, the result would be a reduction in net

interest income and with it, a reduction in net earnings.

Interest rates, both in terms of their overall levels and volatility, can greatly influence our profitability. Our goal in managing

interest rate risk is to assess and control how changes in interest rates affect our net interest income, helping us achieve our

financial objectives. We mitigate exposure to interest rate fluctuations through actions determined by the Asset/Liability

Management Committee ("ALCO"). This committee meets at least quarterly to establish asset/liability management policies,

develop and implement strategies to enhance balance sheet positioning and earnings, and assess interest rate sensitivity. The

Company's Board oversees the asset/liability management process, reviews interest rate risk analyses prepared by ALCO, and

annually approves the Financial Management policy.

Interest rate risk arises in part due to the Bank's significant holdings of fixed-rate single-family home loans, which are longer-

term than customer accounts that constitute its primary liabilities. Accordingly, assets do not usually respond as quickly to

changes in interest rates as liabilities. In the absence of management action, net interest income can be expected to decline when

interest rates rise and to expand when interest rates fall. Shortening the maturity or repricing of the investment portfolio is one

action that management can take. The composition of the investment portfolio was 44.6% variable rate and 55.5% fixed rate as

of September 30, 2025 to provide some protection against changing rates. In addition, the Bank is producing more commercial

loans that have shorter terms and/or variable rates. There has also been focus on increasing less rate sensitive transaction

deposit accounts.  These accounts make up 57.4% of the deposit portfolio as of September 30, 2025 as compared with 55.3% as

of September 30, 2024

The Company's balance sheet strategy, in conjunction with low operating costs, has allowed the Company to manage interest

rate risk, within guidelines established by the Board, through all interest rate cycles. It is Management's objective to grow the

dollar amount of net interest income, through the rate cycles, acknowledging that there will be some periods of time when that

will not be feasible. Cash and cash equivalents of $657,310,000 and shareholders' equity of $3,039,575,000 provide

management with flexibility in managing interest rate risk. Based on management's assessment of the current interest rate

environment, the Company has taken steps, including growing commercial loans having shorter average lives and transaction

deposit accounts, to position itself for changing interest rates.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity. The Company estimates the sensitivity of our net interest income to changes in market

interest rates using an interest rate simulation model that includes assumptions related to the level of balance sheet growth,

deposit repricing characteristics and the rate of prepayments for multiple interest rate change scenarios. Interest rate sensitivity

depends on certain repricing characteristics in our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, including the maturity

term structure, contractual rate changes and prepayment/attrition characteristics of assets and liabilities, all of which vary with

changes in market interest rates. The analysis presented below assumes a constant balance sheet. Actual results would differ

from the assumptions used in this model, as management monitors and adjusts loan and deposit pricing and the composition and

overall size of the balance sheet to respond to changing interest rates.

The following table models the potential impact of changing interest rates on net income over a twelve-month period and

compares the current results to the results as of the prior year end. The Company's focus is primarily on the impact of abrupt

upward or downward changes in short term rates. It is important to note that this is not a forecast or prediction of future events.

The Company's focus is primarily on the impact of abrupt upward or downward changes in short term rates.

57

Hypothetical, Immediate and Parallel	Potential Increase (Decrease)  in Net Interest Income - Year 1
Basis Point Increase (Decrease) in Interest Rates	September 30, 2025		September 30, 2024
	(In thousands, except percentages)
(200)	$65,287	8.79%	$(8,284)	(1.01)%
(100)	35,318	4.76	1,832	0.22
100	(407)	(0.05)	(144)	(0.02)
200	6,298	0.85	22,816	2.79

Actual results will differ from the assumptions used in this model, as management monitors and adjusts both the size and the

composition of the balance sheet in order to respond to changing interest rates. In a rising interest rate environment, it is likely

that the Company will grow its balance sheet to offset margin compression that may occur. Improvement in the net interest

income sensitivity during the year is primarily the result of interest rate swap activity, as well as increased time deposits and an

increased federal funds balances which help reduce sensitivity in rising shock scenarios.

Net Portfolio Value ("NPV") Sensitivity. The NPV is an estimate of the market value of shareholders' equity at a point in

time. It is derived by calculating the difference between the present value of expected cash flows from assets and the present

value of expected cash flows from liabilities and off-balance-sheet contracts. The sensitivity of the NPV to changes in interest

rates provides a longer-term view of interest rate risk of the current balance sheet as it incorporates all future expected cash

flows. The following tables set forth an analysis of the Company's interest rate risk as measured by the estimate changes in

NPV resulting from instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve.

Hypothetical, Immediate and Parallel	Potential Increase (Decrease)  in NPV as of
Basis Point Increase (Decrease) in Interest Rates	September 30, 2025		September 30, 2024
	(In thousands, except percentages)
(200)	$550,692	17.96%	$393,113	13.35%
(100)	317,236	10.35	256,991	8.73
100	(341,329)	(11.13)	(293,070)	(9.96)
200	(649,066)	(21.17)	(559,613)	(19.01)		Hypothetical, Immediate and Parallel	September 30, 2025
---	---	---
Basis Point Increase (Decrease) in Interest Rates	Estimated<br><br>NPV Amount	NPV as<br><br>% of Assets
	(In thousands)
(200)	$3,616,691	13.46%
(100)	3,383,235	12.88
No change	3,065,999	11.96
100	2,724,670	10.89
200	2,416,933	9.89

Prepayment speeds continue to be relatively low at September 30, 2025 with the Bank's conditional payment rate ("CPR") for

single-family mortgages at 7.5%, down slightly from 8.6% the year before.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company was in compliance with all of its interest rate risk policy limits.

58

Interest Rates.  The Company measures the difference between the rate on interest-earning assets and the rate on interest-

bearing liabilities at the end of each period. The period end interest rate spread was 2.32% at September 30, 2025 and 1.91% at

September 30, 2024. As of September 30, 2025, the weighted-average rate on interest-earning assets decreased by 12 basis

points to 5.23% compared to September 30, 2024. The lower rate on interest-earning assets is due primarily to the Federal

Reserve Bank's rate decreases since September 2024, which have led to lower rates on adjustable rate loans, investment

securities and cash. As of September 30, 2025, the weighted-average rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 29 basis

points to 2.91% compared to September 30, 2024. The lower rate on interest-bearing liabilities also primarily resulted from the

FRB rate cuts combined with repayments on higher rate borrowings. The period end interest rate spread for the last five fiscal

quarters is shown below:

	SEP 2025	JUN 2025	MAR 2025	DEC 2024	SEP 2024
Interest rate on loans and mortgage-backed<br><br>securities	5.25%	5.28%	5.29%	5.32%	5.16%
Interest rate on other interest-earning assets	4.96	5.03	4.62	4.77	4.85
Combined, all interest-earning assets	5.23	5.26	5.22	5.22	5.11
Interest rate on customer accounts	2.95	3.05	3.16	3.30	3.09
Interest rate on borrowings (1)	2.50	2.76	3.30	3.62	3.93
Combined cost of funds	2.91	3.03	3.17	3.34	3.20
Interest rate spread	2.32%	2.23%	2.05%	1.88%	1.91%
(1) Represents the effective rate taking into consideration cash flow hedges on FHLB borrowings.

The chart below shows the volatility of our period end net interest spread (dashed line measured against the right axis)

compared to the relatively consistent growth in net interest income (solid line measured against the left axis). The relative

consistency of net interest growth is accomplished by actively managing the size and composition of the balance sheet through

different rate cycles.

59

Net Interest Margin. The net interest margin is measured using net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets

for the period. The net interest margin decreased to 2.58% for the year ended September 30, 2025, from 2.69% for the year

ended September 30, 2024. The yield on interest-earning assets decreased 30 basis points to 5.29% and the cost of interest-

bearing liabilities decreased by 22 basis points to 3.24%. The lower yield on interest-earning assets was primarily due to the

impact of falling rates on adjustable rate assets and cash. The lower rate in interest-bearing liabilities was primarily due to lower

rates on interest-bearing customer accounts and combined with the pay-off of higher borrowings.

For the year ended September 30, 2025, average interest-earning assets increased by 3.2% to $25,337,814,000, up from

$24,559,665,000 for the year ended September 30, 2024. During 2025, average loans receivable increased $151,026,000, or

0.7%, while the combined average balances of mortgage-backed securities, other investment securities and cash increased by

$652,098,000 or 16.6%.

During 2025, average interest-bearing customer deposit accounts increased $2,408,182,000 or 14.7% and the average balance

of borrowings decreased by $1,819,187,000, or 42.9%, from 2024.

60

The following table sets forth the information explaining the changes in the net interest income and net interest margin.

	Net Interest Income and Margin Summary
	Year Ended September 30,
	2025		2024		2023
	AverageBalance	Average<br><br>Rate	AverageBalance	Average<br><br>Rate	AverageBalance	Average<br><br>Rate
	( in thousands)
Assets
Loans receivable (1)	20,651,307	5.42%	20,500,281	5.69%	17,095,014	5.27%
Mortgage-backed securities	2,514,511	4.10	1,597,566	3.74	1,362,415	3.17
Cash & Investments (2)	2,065,658	5.15	2,330,505	5.73	1,742,806	5.22
FHLB & FRB stock	106,338	9.44	131,313	9.50	127,066	6.80
Total interest-earning assets	25,337,814	5.29%	24,559,665	5.59%	20,327,301	5.13%
Other assets	1,718,680		1,682,721		1,484,271
Total assets	27,056,494		26,242,386		21,811,572
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing customer accounts	18,735,390	3.23%	16,327,208	3.26%	12,906,383	1.84%
Borrowings	2,423,244	3.32	4,242,431	4.21	3,261,917	3.54
Total interest-bearing liabilities	21,158,634	3.24%	20,569,639	3.46%	16,168,300	2.18%
Noninterest-bearing customer accounts	2,518,248		2,593,567		2,969,970
Other liabilities	352,673		322,071		296,840
Total liabilities	24,029,555		23,485,277		19,435,110
Shareholders’ equity	3,026,939		2,757,109		2,376,462
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	27,056,494		26,242,386		21,811,572
Net interest income/interest rate spread		2.05%		2.13%		2.95%
Net interest margin (3)		2.58%		2.69%		3.40%

All values are in US Dollars.

___________________

(1)Interest income includes net amortization-accretion of deferred loan fees, costs, discounts and premiums of $12,870,000, $37,489,000 and $20,130,000 for year

ended 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(2)Includes cash equivalents and non-mortgage backed security investments, such as U.S. agency obligations, mutual funds, corporate bonds, and municipal bonds.

(3)Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

61

Item 8.                 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to financial statements and financial statement schedules:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 34)	61
Financial statements and supplementary data:
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition	64
Consolidated Statements of Operations	65
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	66
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity	67
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	68
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	70

62

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of WaFd, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of WaFd, Inc. and subsidiaries (the

"Company") as of September 30, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income,

shareholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended  September 30, 2025, and the related notes

(collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material

respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2025, and 2024, and the results of its operations and its

cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles

generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)

(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2025, based on criteria established in

Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway

Commission and our report dated November 18, 2025, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over

financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on

the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are

required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable

rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the

audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to

error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial

statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included

examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included

evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall

presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that

were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that

are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The

communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and

we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on

the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Allowance for Loan Losses - Refer to Notes A and E to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The estimate of the Company’s expected credit losses under the CECL methodology is based on relevant information about

current conditions, past events, and reasonable and supportable forecasts regarding collectability of the reported amounts. In

order to estimate the allowance for loan losses (“ALL”), the Company used either a cohort or weighted average remaining

maturities methodology to determine the historical loss rate, by loan portfolio class, then considered whether qualitative

adjustments to those historical loss rates were warranted.

Significant management judgments are required in determining whether, and to what extent, qualitative adjustments for each

portfolio loan class are required. These adjustments are made after considering the conditions over the period from which

historical loss experience was based and are split into two components: 1) asset or class specific risk characteristics or current

63

conditions at the reporting date related to portfolio credit quality, remaining payments, volume and nature, credit culture and

management, business environment or other management factors, not captured in the historical loss rates and 2) reasonable and

supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and collateral values.

Given the significance of the ALL and management judgment required for quantitative and qualitative evaluation of past

events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts, performing audit procedures to evaluate the ALL requires

a high degree of auditor judgment and increased extent of effort.

We have identified the ALL estimate for certain loan portfolio classes as a critical audit matter based upon the above factors.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the ALL estimate for loan portfolio classes for which we concluded the ALL was significant

included the following, among others:

•We tested the effectiveness of management’s controls over model applicability, qualitative adjustments, the

reasonable and supportable forecast adjustments, and management's review and approval process over the

final determination of the ALL.

•We tested the underlying data and mathematical accuracy of the cohort methodology used to determine most

loan portfolio class historical loss rates.

•We involved credit specialists to assist us in evaluating the reasonableness and conceptual soundness of the

methodologies applied in the credit loss estimation model.

•To test the qualitative adjustments, we performed analysis to evaluate management’s determination of the

qualitative adjustments made to account for specific risk characteristics or current conditions that differ from

the period over which the historical loss rate was determined. Our procedures included evaluating

management’s inputs and assumptions used in determining the qualitative and forecast adjustments by

comparing the information to internal and external source data including, among others, the economic

forecasts utilized by the Company and third-party economic forecasts for selected assumptions. In addition,

we performed procedures on the overall ALL amount, inclusive of the qualitative adjustments, by evaluating

the Company’s analysis of peers’ estimated current expected credit losses for loans to the Company’s

recorded ALL.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Seattle, Washington

November 18, 2025

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1982.

SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

64

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

	September 30,<br><br>2025	September 30,<br><br>2024
	(In thousands, except share data)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$657,310	$2,381,102
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value	3,533,201	2,572,709
Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost	645,802	436,972
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $199,720 and $203,753	20,088,618	20,916,354
Interest receivable	98,589	102,827
Premises and equipment, net	261,271	247,901
Real estate owned	11,084	4,567
FHLB stock	88,068	95,617
Bank owned life insurance	275,159	267,633
Intangible assets, including goodwill of $414,722 and $411,360	442,093	448,425
Federal and state income tax assets, net	112,784	119,248
Other assets	485,720	466,975
	$26,699,699	$28,060,330
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Liabilities
Customer accounts
Transaction deposit accounts	$12,306,532	$11,817,185
Time deposit accounts	9,131,104	9,556,785
	21,437,636	21,373,970
Borrowings	1,765,604	3,267,589
Junior subordinated debentures	51,645	50,718
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance	59,845	61,330
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	345,394	306,423
	23,660,124	25,060,030
Commitments and contingencies (seeNote N)
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized; 300,000 and 300,000<br><br>shares issued; 300,000 and 300,000 shares outstanding	300,000	300,000
Common stock, $1.00 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized; 154,408,001 and<br><br>154,007,429 shares issued; 78,186,520 and 81,220,269 shares outstanding	154,408	154,007
Additional paid-in capital	2,163,276	2,150,675
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes	56,950	55,851
Treasury stock, at cost; 76,221,481 and 72,787,160 shares	(1,740,761)	(1,639,131)
Retained earnings	2,105,702	1,978,898
	3,039,575	3,000,300
	$26,699,699	$28,060,330

SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

65

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Year ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
	(In thousands, except share data)
INTEREST INCOME
Loans receivable	$1,119,937	$1,165,849	$900,068
Mortgage-backed securities	103,071	59,782	43,184
Investment securities and cash equivalents	116,441	146,079	99,703
	1,339,449	1,371,710	1,042,955
INTEREST EXPENSE
Customer accounts	604,707	532,434	237,233
Borrowings, senior debt and junior subordinated debentures	80,507	178,444	115,488
	685,214	710,878	352,721
Net interest income	654,235	660,832	690,234
Provision for credit losses	7,750	17,500	41,500
Net interest income after provision	646,485	643,332	648,734
NON-INTEREST INCOME
Gain on sale of investment securities	20	342	33
Gain (loss) on termination of hedging derivatives	158	241	(867)
Loan fee income	6,888	2,745	3,885
Deposit fee income	29,650	27,507	26,050
Other income	34,531	29,857	23,100
Total non-interest income	71,247	60,692	52,201
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
Compensation and benefits	222,146	234,148	196,534
Occupancy	44,937	42,036	41,579
FDIC insurance premiums	20,200	28,870	20,025
Product delivery	25,871	23,986	20,973
Information technology	60,101	53,306	49,447
Other expense	54,208	65,926	47,477
Total non-interest expense	427,463	448,272	376,035
Gain (loss) on real estate owned, net	(627)	304	176
Income before income taxes	289,642	256,056	325,076
Income tax expense	63,574	56,015	67,650
Net income	226,068	200,041	257,426
Dividends on preferred stock	14,625	14,625	14,625
Net income available to common shareholders	$211,443	$185,416	$242,801
PER SHARE DATA
Basic earnings per common  share	$2.64	$2.50	$3.72
Diluted earnings per common share	2.63	2.50	3.72
Dividends paid on common stock per share	1.07	1.03	0.99
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding	80,184,395	74,244,323	65,192,510
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding	80,255,189	74,290,568	65,255,283

SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

66

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
	(In thousands)
Net income	$226,068	$200,041	$257,426
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Net unrealized gain (loss) during the period on available-for-sale debt<br><br>securities, net of tax of $(8,320), $(17,782) and $2,493	26,933	61,225	(9,360)
Reclassification adjustment of net (gain) loss included in net income<br><br>during the period from sale of available-for-sale securities, net of tax of<br><br>$76, $(81) and $(9)	(246)	261	26
Net unrealized gain (loss) from investment securities, net of<br><br>reclassification adjustment	26,687	61,486	(9,334)
Net unrealized gain (loss) during the period on borrowing cash flow<br><br>hedges, net of tax of $4,257, $14,546 and $(654)	(13,783)	(52,556)	3,774
Reclassification adjustment of net (gain) loss included in net income<br><br>during the period from hedging derivatives, net of tax of $3,647, $0 and<br><br>$0	(11,805)	—	—
Net unrealized gain (loss) in cash flow hedging instruments, net of<br><br>reclassification adjustment	(25,588)	(52,556)	3,774
Other comprehensive income (loss)	1,099	8,930	(5,560)
Comprehensive income	$227,167	$208,971	$251,866

SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

67

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(In thousands)	Preferred<br><br>Stock	Common<br><br>Stock	Paid-in<br><br>Capital	Retained<br><br>Earnings	Accumulated<br><br>Other<br><br>Comprehensive<br><br>Income (Loss)	Treasury<br><br>Stock	Total
Balance at September 30, 2022	$300,000	$136,271	$1,686,975	$1,688,740	$52,481	$(1,590,207)	$2,274,260
Net income	—	—	—	257,426	—	—	257,426
Other comprehensive income (loss)	—	—	—		(5,560)	—	(5,560)
Dividends on common stock ($0.99 per share)	—	—	—	(63,792)	—	—	(63,792)
Dividends on preferred stock ($48.75 per share)	—	—	—	(14,625)	—	—	(14,625)
Proceeds from stock issuances	—	42	1,224	—	—	—	1,266
Stock-based compensation expense	—	154	(565)	—	—	—	(411)
Repurchase of stock warrants	—	—	—	—	—	8,325	8,325
Treasury stock purchased	—	—	—	—	—	(30,463)	(30,463)
Balance at September 30, 2023	300,000	136,467	1,687,634	1,867,749	46,921	(1,612,345)	2,426,426
Net income	—	—	—	200,041	—	—	200,041
Other comprehensive income (loss)	—	—	—	—	8,930	—	8,930
Dividends on common stock ($1.03 per share)	—	—	—	(74,267)	—	—	(74,267)
Dividends on preferred stock ($48.75 per share)	—	—	—	(14,625)	—	—	(14,625)
Stock issued in merger	—	17,089	448,415	—	—	—	465,504
Proceeds from stock issuances	—	231	5,948	—	—	—	6,179
Stock-based compensation expense	—	220	8,678	—	—	283	9,181
Treasury stock purchased	—	—	—	—	—	(27,069)	(27,069)
Balance at September 30, 2024	300,000	154,007	2,150,675	1,978,898	55,851	(1,639,131)	3,000,300
Net income	—	—	—	226,068	—	—	226,068
Other comprehensive income (loss)	—	—	—	—	1,099	—	1,099
Dividends on common stock ($1.07 per share)	—	—	—	(84,639)	—	—	(84,639)
Dividends on preferred stock ($48.75 per share)	—	—	—	(14,625)	—	—	(14,625)
Proceeds from stock issuances	—	165	4,619	—	—	—	4,784
Stock-based compensation expense	—	236	7,982	—	—	301	8,519
Treasury stock purchased	—	—	—	—	—	(101,931)	(101,931)
Balance at September 30, 2025	$300,000	$154,408	$2,163,276	$2,105,702	$56,950	$(1,740,761)	$3,039,575

SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

68

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
	(In thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income	$226,068	$200,041	$257,426
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation, amortization, accretion and other, net	9,718	134,103	22,970
Stock-based compensation expense	8,519	9,181	7,914
Provision (release) for credit losses	7,750	17,500	41,500
Loss (gain) on sale of investment securities	(20)	(342)	(33)
Gain on settlements of bank owned life insurance	—	—	(821)
Impairment loss on premises and equipment	992	—	6
Net realized (gain) loss on sales of premises, equipment and real estate owned	(419)	(2,555)	(1,153)
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable	4,238	9,873	(23,131)
Decrease (increase) in federal and state income tax receivable	6,124	18,751	(6,650)
Decrease (increase) in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance	(7,526)	(6,933)	(5,976)
Decrease (increase) in other assets	(27,885)	148,001	(67,342)
Increase (decrease) in federal and state income tax liabilities	—	—	(3,306)
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities	9,393	(88,387)	(7,447)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	236,952	439,233	213,957
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Origination of loans and principal repayments, net	973,280	(348,528)	(1,330,399)
Loans purchased	(143,605)	—	(79,965)
FHLB & FRB stock purchase	(496,542)	(602,941)	(654,805)
FHLB & FRB stock redeemed	504,092	669,975	623,058
Available-for-sale securities purchased	(1,482,058)	(549,159)	(376,481)
Principal payments and maturities of available-for-sale securities	561,808	386,564	420,154
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investment securities	797	182,682	1,169
Held-to-maturity securities purchased	(261,842)	(47,092)	—
Principal payments and maturities of held-to-maturity securities	53,030	36,013	39,414
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned	2,865	6,802	7,192
Proceeds from settlements of bank owned life insurance	—	—	1,809
Equity method investments purchased	(2,861)	(4,197)	(12,500)
Net cash received (paid) in business combinations	(360)	623,583	(2,590)
Proceeds from sales of loans	—	2,956,856	—
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment	1,689	1,341	1,090
Premises and equipment purchased and REO improvements	(28,707)	(24,681)	(15,063)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(318,414)	3,287,218	(1,377,917)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in customer accounts	63,666	(324,506)	40,759
Proceeds from borrowings	11,019,793	17,037,035	17,175,000
Repayments of borrowings	(12,527,894)	(18,842,525)	(15,650,000)
Principal payments and maturities of senior debt	—	(95,000)	—
Proceeds from stock-based awards	3,943	5,187	1,089
Dividends paid on common stock	(84,639)	(74,267)	(63,792)
Dividends paid on preferred stock	(14,625)	(14,625)	(14,625)
Proceeds from employee stock purchase	842	992	177
Treasury stock purchased	(101,931)	(27,069)	(30,463)
Increase (decrease) in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance	(1,485)	8,780	2,499
Net cash provided by (used by) financing activities	(1,642,330)	(2,325,998)	1,460,644
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(1,723,792)	1,400,453	296,684
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	2,381,102	980,649	683,965
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$657,310	$2,381,102	$980,649

SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

69

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
	(In thousands)
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Non-cash investing activities
Real estate acquired through foreclosure	$5,873	$681	$121
Non-cash financing activities
Preferred stock dividend payable	3,656	3,656	3,656
Cash paid during the year for
Interest	746,932	739,076	364,386
Income taxes	41,647	20,283	61,245
Summary of non-cash activities related to acquisitions
Fair value of assets and intangibles acquired	$—	$7,677,177	$—
Fair value of liabilities assumed	—	(7,316,380)	—
Net fair value of acquired assets (liabilities)	$—	$360,797	$—

70

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Company and nature of operations. WaFd Bank, a federally-insured Washington state chartered commercial bank (the

"Bank"), was founded on April 24, 1917 in Ballard, Washington and is engaged primarily in providing lending, depository,

insurance and other banking services to consumers, mid-sized to large businesses, and owners and developers of commercial

real estate. Washington Federal, Inc., a Washington corporation was formed as the Bank’s holding company in November,

1994.

On September 27, 2023, Articles of Amendment were filed with the Washington Secretary of State to change the name of

Washington Federal, Inc. to WaFd, Inc.  This change was effective on September 29, 2023. As used throughout this document,

the terms “WaFd” or the “Company” or “we” or “us” and “our” refer to WaFd, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the

term “Bank” refers to the operating subsidiary, WaFd Bank.

The Company is headquartered in Seattle, Washington. The Bank conducts its activities through a network of 208 bank

branches located in Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Utah, Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, California and Texas.

Basis of presentation and use of estimates. The Company’s accounting and financial reporting policies conform to accounting

principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). Inter-company balances and transactions have

been eliminated in consolidation. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company makes estimates and

assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and revenues and

expenses during the reporting periods and related disclosures. The areas that require application of significant management

judgments often result in the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in

future periods. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Certain amounts in the financial statements from

prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current financial statement presentation. In certain instances, amounts in

text are presented by rounding to the nearest thousand.

WaFd, Inc. closed its previously announced merger with Luther Burbank Corporation ("Luther Burbank" or "LBC"), a

California corporation, on March 1, 2024 (the "Merger Date"). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Luther Burbank merged with

and into the Company (the “Corporate Merger”), with the Company surviving the Corporate Merger. Promptly following the

Corporate Merger, Luther Burbank’s wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Luther Burbank Savings, merged with and into WaFd

Bank with WaFd Bank as the surviving institution (the “Bank Merger”). The Corporate Merger and the Bank Merger are

collectively referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as the “Merger.”

The Merger was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and was effectively an all-stock transaction

accounted for as a business combination. The Company's financial results for any periods ended on and prior to February 29,

2024 reflect WaFd results only on a standalone basis. As a result, financial results for the years ended September 30, 2025 and

September 30, 2024 may not be directly comparable to prior reported periods. Refer to Note B - Business Combination for

further details.

The Company's fiscal year end is September 30.  All references to 2025, 2024 and 2023 represent balances as of September 30,

2025, September 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, or activity for the fiscal years then ended.

Business Combinations. The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations.  Under the

acquisition method, the acquiring entity recognizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair

values. Management utilizes prevailing valuation techniques appropriate for the asset or liability being measured in determining

these fair values. This method often involves estimates based on third party valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses

or other valuation techniques, all of which are inherently subjective.  Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net

assets and other identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed from

contingencies must also be recognized at fair value if the fair value can be determined during the measurement period.

Acquisition-related costs, including conversion and restructuring charges, are expensed as incurred.  Fair values are subject to

refinement over the measurement period, not to exceed one year after the closing date.

Preferred stock. On February 8, 2021, in connection with an underwritten public offering, the Company issued 300,000 shares

of 4.875% Noncumulative Perpetual Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”). Net proceeds, after underwriting

discounts and expenses, were $293,325,000. The public offering consisted of the issuance and sale of 12,000,000 depositary

71

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of the Series A Preferred Stock, at a public offering price of $25.00 per

depositary share. Holders of the depositary shares are entitled to all proportional rights and preferences of the Series A

Preferred Stock (including, dividend, voting, redemption and liquidation rights). The depositary shares are traded on the

NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "WAFDP." The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the

Company, subject to all applicable regulatory approvals, on or after April 15, 2026.

Cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, overnight investments

and repurchase agreements with an initial maturity of three months or less.

Restricted cash balances. The Company was not required to maintain cash reserve balances with the Federal Reserve bank as

of September 30, 2025. As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the Bank held counterparty cash collateral of

$118,400,000 and $168,200,000, respectively, related to derivative contracts.

Equity investments. The Company records equity investments within Other assets in its Consolidated Statements of Financial

Condition. These equity investments are accounted for under different methods.

•Low-income housing tax credit ("LIHTC") investments are accounted for under the proportional amortization method.

Under this method, the initial book value (gross commitment amount) of the investment is amortized over time in

proportion to the projected tax benefits to be received. This amortization is a component of income tax expense. See

Note N for more information about the Company's LIHTC investments.

•For equity investments where the Company has significant influence, the Company applies the equity method of

accounting, which adjusts the carrying value of the investment to recognize a proportionate share of the financial

results of the investment entity, regardless of whether any distribution is made. Any adjustments to the fair value of

these investments are recorded in other non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

•For certain nonmarketable equity investments where the equity method of accounting is not applicable, the Company

applies the fair value method. Any adjustments to the fair value of these investments are recorded in other income in

the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Fair value is determined by reference to readily determinable market

values, if applicable.  As these investments do not have readily determinable fair values, they are generally accounted

for at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable transactions involving the same

or similar investments from the same issuer.  This practice is referred to as the measurement alternative.

•Equity investments in qualified real estate funds can use the net asset value ("NAV") expedient for fair value

measurement.  Under this method, the NAV is determined by the fund as fair value for the investment. At September

30, 2025, equity investments held by the Company and recorded at NAV had a carrying amount of $35,564,000 and a

remaining unfunded commitment of $13,388,000. These NAV based investments cannot be transferred without

consent and we do not have redemption rights except in certain transformational events. Equity investments measured

at NAV are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.

Debt securities, including mortgage-backed securities. The Company accounts for debt securities in two categories: held-to-

maturity ("HTM") and available-for-sale ("AFS"). Premiums and discounts on debt securities are deferred and recognized into

income over the contractual life of the asset using the effective interest method.

HTM securities are accounted for at amortized cost, but the Company must have both the positive intent and the ability to hold

those securities to maturity. There are very limited circumstances under which securities in the HTM category can be sold

without jeopardizing the cost basis of accounting for the remainder of the securities in this category.

Available-for-sale securities are accounted for at fair value. Gains and losses realized on the sale of these securities are

accounted for based on the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses for AFS securities are excluded from

earnings and reported net of the related tax effect in the accumulated other comprehensive income component of shareholders'

equity.

Allowance for Credit Losses (HTM Debt Securities). For HTM debt securities, the Company is required to utilize the current

expected credit loss methodology ("CECL") to estimate expected credit losses. Substantially all of the Company’s HTM debt

securities are issued by U.S. government agencies or U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. These securities carry the explicit

and/or implicit guarantee of the U.S. government and have a long history of zero credit loss. Therefore, the Company did not

record an allowance for credit losses for these securities. As of September 30, 2025, the Company determined that the expected

72

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

credit loss on its corporate and municipal bonds was immaterial, and therefore, an allowance for credit losses was not recorded.

See Note C "Investment Securities" andNote F "Fair Value Measurements" for more information about HTM debt securities.

Allowance for Credit Losses (Available-for-Sale Debt Securities). The impairment model for AFS debt securities differs

from the CECL methodology applied for HTM debt securities because AFS debt securities are measured at fair value rather

than amortized cost. For AFS debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company first assesses whether it intends to sell,

or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either

criteria is met, the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. For AFS debt securities where

neither of the criteria are met, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other

factors. In making this assessment, management considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, any

changes to the credit rating of the security by a rating agency, and adverse conditions specifically related to the security, among

other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from

the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of cash flows expected to be collected

is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited

to the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any remaining discount that has not been recorded

through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income. Changes in the allowance for credit losses

are recorded as a provision for (or recapture of) credit losses. Losses are charged against the allowance when management

believes the uncollectibility of an AFS security is confirmed or when either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell

is met. As of September 30, 2025, the Company determined that the unrealized loss positions in AFS securities were not the

result of credit losses, and therefore, an allowance for credit losses was not recorded. See Note C "Investment Securities" and

Note F "Fair Value Measurements" for more information about AFS debt securities.

Loans receivable.  Loans that are performing in accordance with their contractual terms are carried at the unpaid principal

balance, net of premiums, discounts and net deferred loan fees. Net deferred loan fees include non-refundable loan origination

fees less direct loan origination costs. Net deferred loan fees, premiums and discounts are amortized into interest income using

either the interest method or straight-line method over the terms of the loans, adjusted for actual prepayments. The straight-line

method is only utilized for construction and other interest-only loans where the interest method isn't applicable. In addition to

fees and costs for originating loans, various other fees and charges related to existing loans may occur, including prepayment

charges, late charges and assumption fees.

When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, the Bank attempts to cure the deficiency by contacting the

borrower. Contact is made after a payment is 30 days past its grace period. In most cases, deficiencies are cured promptly. If the

delinquency is not cured within 90 days, the Bank may institute appropriate action to foreclose on the property. If foreclosed,

the property is sold at a public sale and may be purchased by the Bank.

Allowance for Credit Losses (Loans Receivable). The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) for the

expected credit losses of the loan portfolio as well as unfunded loan commitments. The amount of ACL is based on ongoing,

quarterly assessments by management. CECL requires an estimate of the credit losses expected over the life of an exposure (or

pool of exposures). See Note E "Allowance for Losses on Loans" for details.

The ACL consists of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commitments. The estimate of expected credit

losses under the CECL methodology is based on relevant information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and

supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amounts. Historical loss experience is generally the starting

point for estimating expected credit losses. We then consider whether the historical loss experience should be adjusted for asset-

specific risk characteristics or current conditions at the reporting date that did not exist over the period that historical experience

was based for each loan type. Finally, we consider forecasts about future economic conditions or changes in collateral values

that are reasonable and supportable.

Portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine its

ACL. The Company has designated two loan portfolio segments, commercial loans and consumer loans. These loan portfolio

segments are further disaggregated into classes, which represent loans of similar type, risk characteristics, and methods for

monitoring and assessing credit risk. The commercial loan portfolio segment is disaggregated into five classes: multi-family,

commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, construction, and land acquisition and development. The risk of loss for the

commercial loan portfolio segment is generally most indicated by the credit risk rating assigned to each borrower. Commercial

loan risk ratings are determined by experienced senior credit officers based on specific facts and circumstances and are subject

73

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

to periodic review by an independent internal team of credit specialists. The consumer loan portfolio segment is disaggregated

into five classes: single-family-residential mortgage, custom construction, consumer lot loans, home equity lines of credit, and

other consumer. The risk of loss for the consumer loan portfolio segment is generally most indicated by delinquency status and

general economic factors. Each commercial and consumer loan portfolio class may also be further segmented based on risk

characteristics.

For most of our loan portfolio classes, the historical loss experience is determined using a cohort methodology. This method

pools loans into groups (“cohorts”) sharing similar risk characteristics and tracks each cohort’s net charge-offs over the lives of

the loans to calculate a historical loss rate. The historical loss rates for each cohort are then averaged to calculate an overall

historical loss rate which is applied to the current loan balance to arrive at the quantitative baseline portion of the allowance for

credit losses for the respective loan portfolio class. For certain loan portfolio classes, the Company determined there was not

sufficient historical loss information to calculate a meaningful historical loss rate using the cohort methodology. For any such

loan portfolio class, the weighted-average remaining maturity (“WARM”) methodology is being utilized until sufficient

historical loss data is obtained. The WARM method multiplies an average annual loss rate by the expected remaining life of the

loan pool to arrive at the quantitative baseline portion of the allowance for credit losses for the respective loan portfolio class.

The Company also considers qualitative adjustments to the historical loss rate for each loan portfolio class. The qualitative

adjustments for each loan class consider the conditions over the period from which historical loss experience was based and are

split into two components: 1) asset or class specific risk characteristics or current conditions at the reporting date related to

portfolio credit quality, remaining payments, volume and nature, credit culture and management, business environment or other

management factors and 2) reasonable and supportable forecast of future economic conditions and collateral values.

The Company performs a quarterly asset quality review which includes a review of forecasted gross charge-offs and recoveries,

nonperforming assets, criticized loans, risk rating migration, delinquencies, etc. The asset quality review is performed by

management and the results are used to consider a qualitative overlay to the quantitative baseline. The second qualitative

adjustment noted above, economic conditions and collateral values, encompasses a one-year reasonable and supportable

forecast period. The overlay adjustment for the reasonable and supportable forecast assumes an immediate reversion after the

one-year forecast period to historical loss rates for the remaining life of the respective loan pool.

The Company may establish a specific reserve for individually evaluated loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with

the loans included in each respective loan pool if management deems it appropriate.  If this occurs, these individually evaluated

loans are removed from their respective pools.  These loans typically represent collateral dependent loans, but may also include

other non-performing loans.

Collateral-Dependent Loans. A financial asset is considered collateral-dependent when the debtor is experiencing financial

difficulty and repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the sale or operation of the collateral. For all classes

of loans and leases deemed collateral-dependent, the Company elected the practical expedient to estimate expected credit losses

based on the collateral’s fair value less cost to sell. In most cases, the Company records a partial charge-off to reduce the loan’s

carrying value to the collateral’s fair value less cost to sell. Substantially all of the collateral consists of various types of real

estate including residential properties; commercial properties such as retail centers, office buildings, and lodging; agricultural

land; and vacant land.

Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulties. The Company will consider modifying the interest rates

and terms of a loan if it determines that a modification is a better alternative to foreclosure. Most loan modifications to

borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are accruing and performing loans where the borrower has approached the Company

about modifications due to temporary financial difficulties. Each request is individually evaluated for merit and likelihood of

success. Often a term extension is needed in the short term in order to evaluate the need for further action. Payment delays and

interest-only payments may also be approved during the modification period.  Principal forgiveness is not an available option

for restructured loans.

For commercial loans, modifications could be any of the above-listed modification types available or a mix thereof.

Modifications to extend the term, lower the payment amount or delay payment could be offered for the purposes of providing

borrowers additional time to return to compliance with the terms of their loans.  Renewals of commercial lines to borrowers

experiencing financial difficulty are disclosed within Note D - Loans Receivable though many of these modifications are made

in the normal course of business and not as a result of the borrower's difficulties.

74

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

For consumer loans, modifications typically consist of minor payment delays or deferrals and may include a modification of the

existing contractual rate or extension of the maturity date, or both, when it is determined the borrowers are likely to successfully

maintain compliance with these modified loan terms.

Non-accrual loans. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in the judgment of management, the probability of collection

of interest is deemed to be insufficient to warrant further accrual. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, previously

accrued but unpaid interest is deducted from interest income. The Company does not accrue interest on loans 90 days or more

past due. If payment is made on a loan so that the loan becomes less than 90 days past due, and the Company expects full

collection of principal and interest, the loan is returned to full accrual status. Any interest ultimately collected is credited to

income in the period of recovery. A loan is charged-off when the loss is estimable, and it is confirmed that the borrower is not

expected to be able to meet contractual obligations.

If a consumer loan is on non-accrual status before being modified, it will stay on non-accrual status following restructuring until

it has been performing for at least six months, at which point it may be moved to accrual status. For commercial loans, six

consecutive payments on newly restructured loan terms are required prior to returning the loan to accrual status. In some

instances, after the required six consecutive payments are made, management will conclude that collection of the entire

principal and interest due is still in doubt. In those instances, the loan will remain on non-accrual status.

Accrued interest receivable. The Company has made the following elections regarding accrued interest receivable ("AIR"):

•Presenting accrued interest receivable balances separately from their underlying instruments within the consolidated

statements of financial condition.

•Excluding accrued interest receivable that is included in the amortized cost of financing receivables from related

disclosure requirements.

•Continuing our policy to write off accrued interest receivable by reversing interest income in cases where the

Company does not reasonably expect to receive payment.

•Not measuring an allowance for credit losses for accrued interest receivable due to the Company’s policy of writing

off uncollectible accrued interest receivable balances in a timely manner. We believe accrued interest receivable

recorded as of September 30, 2025 is collectible.

Off-balance-sheet credit exposures. Off-balance-sheet credit exposures for the Company include unfunded loan commitments

and letters of credit from the Federal Home Loan Banks of both Des Moines and San Francisco ("FHLB-DM" and "FHLB-SF",

respectively), which may be used as collateral for public funds deposits and as confirming letters of credit on letters of credit

issued by the Bank. The reserve for unfunded commitments is recognized as a liability (other liabilities in the consolidated

statements of financial condition), with adjustments to the reserve recognized through provision for credit losses in the

consolidated statements of income. The reserve for unfunded commitments represents the expected lifetime credit losses on off-

balance sheet obligations such as commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. However, a liability is not

recognized for commitments that are unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The reserve for unfunded commitments is

determined by estimating future draws, including the effects of risk mitigation actions, and applying the expected loss rates on

those draws. Loss rates are estimated by utilizing the same loss rates calculated for the allowance for credit losses related to the

respective loan portfolio class. See Note N "Commitments and Contingencies" for details.

Derivatives. The Company enters into derivative transactions to manage various risks and to accommodate the business

requirements of its customers. The fair value of derivative instruments is recognized as either assets or liabilities on the

consolidated balance sheet. All derivatives are evaluated at inception as to whether or not they are hedge accounting or non-

hedge accounting relationships. For derivative instruments designated as non-hedge accounting activities, the change in fair

value is recognized currently in earnings. The Company formally assesses, both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing

basis, whether the derivative instruments that are designated are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash

flows of the hedged items.

The Company has entered into commercial loan hedges, mortgage loan portfolio hedges and mortgage-backed securities hedges

using interest rate swaps. These hedges qualify as fair value hedges under ASC 815 and provide for matching of the recognition

of the gains and losses on the interest rate swap and the related hedged item to current earnings.  The Company has also entered

into interest rate swaps to convert a series of future short-term borrowings to fixed-rate payments. These interest rate swaps

qualify as cash flow hedging instruments under ASC 815 so gains and losses are recorded in Other Comprehensive Income to

the extent the hedge is effective. Gains and losses on the interest rate swaps are reclassified from OCI to earnings in the period

75

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

the hedged transaction affects earnings and are included in the same income statement line item that the hedged transaction is

recorded.

The Company also executes interest rate swaps with certain customers who desire to convert their obligations from variable to

fixed interest rates. Under these agreements, the Bank enters into a variable-rate loan agreement with a customer in addition to a

swap agreement and then enters into a corresponding swap agreement with a third party in order to offset its exposure on the

customer swap agreement. As the interest rate swap agreements with the customers and third parties are not designated as

accounting hedges under ASC 815, the instruments are marked to market in earnings. The change in fair value of the offsetting

swaps are included in other non-interest income and there is minimal impact on net income. There is fee income earned on the

swaps that is included in loan fee income.

Premises and equipment. Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed

on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Costs for improvements are capitalized.

Charges for ordinary maintenance and repairs are expensed to operations as incurred.

Business segments. As the Company manages its business and operations on a consolidated basis, management has determined

that there is one operating and one reportable business segment. The Company's chief operating decision maker ("CODM") is

the Chief Executive Officer who assesses performance and decides how to allocate resources based on consolidated net income.

The CODM uses consolidated net income to evaluate income generation from segment assets in making decisions about the

allocation of resources. The CODM is regularly provided with expense information at a level consistent with the Company's

consolidated statements of income.  The significant segment expenses are those presented within the consolidated statement of

operations.

Real estate owned. Real estate properties acquired through foreclosure of loans or through acquisitions are recorded initially at

fair value less selling costs and are subsequently recorded at lower of cost or fair value. Costs for improvements are capitalized.

Any gains (losses) and maintenance costs are recorded in Gain (loss) on real estate owned, net.

Intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of businesses acquired over the fair value of the net assets

acquired.  Other intangibles, including core deposit intangibles, are acquired assets that lack physical substance but can be

distinguished from goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated for potential impairment on an annual basis and

between tests if circumstances such as material adverse changes in legal, business, regulatory and economic factors exist. We

have determined our goodwill balance is all related to a single reporting unit and perform a quantitative impairment assessment.

An impairment loss is recorded when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. If circumstances indicate

that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable, an impairment charge could be recorded. Other intangible assets

are amortized over their estimated lives and are subject to impairment testing when events or circumstances change.

The Company performed its annual impairment assessment as of August 31, 2025 and concluded the fair value of our single

reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying value and did not result in impairment for the reporting unit.  When performing

the quantitative assessment of goodwill impairment, we estimated the fair value of our reporting unit using the market

capitalization approach, based on our stock price, adjusted for the effect of a control premium.

The Company continuously monitors for events and circumstances that could negatively impact the key assumptions in

determining fair value. While the Company believes the judgments and assumptions used in the goodwill impairment test is

reasonable, different assumptions or changes in general industry, market and macro-economic conditions could change the

estimated fair values and, therefore, future impairment charges could be required, which could be material to the consolidated

financial statements.

As a result of the Merger, the Company recorded $107,890,000 in goodwill and $37,022,000 in core deposit intangible assets.

Additional information on the Merger and purchase price allocation is provided in Note B "Business Combination". The core

deposit intangible asset value was determined by an analysis of the cost differential between the core deposits acquired,

inclusive of estimated servicing costs, and alternative funding sources for those deposits. The core deposit intangible asset

recorded is amortized on an accelerated basis over 6 years.  In addition to the effects of the Merger, the Company added a small

amount of intangibles during fiscal 2024 and 2025 as the result of acquisitions made by subsidiary WAFD Insurance Group,

Inc. No impairment losses separate from the scheduled amortization have been recognized in the periods presented.

76

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The table below provides detail regarding the Company's intangible assets.

	Goodwill	Core Deposit and<br><br>Other Intangibles	Total
	(In thousands)
Balance at September 30, 2023	$304,750	$5,869	$310,619
Additions	106,610	38,939	145,549
Amortization	—	(7,743)	(7,743)
Balance at September 30, 2024	411,360	37,065	448,425
Additions	3,362	180	3,542
Amortization	—	(9,874)	(9,874)
Balance at September 30, 2025	$414,722	$27,371	$442,093

The table below presents the estimated future amortization expense of other intangibles for the next five years.

Fiscal Year	Expense
	(In thousands)
2026	$7,332
2027	5,582
2028	5,220
2029	5,127
2030	2,343

Income taxes. Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred

tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements.

Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the temporary differences between the financial

statement and corresponding tax treatment of income, gains, losses, deductions or credits using enacted tax rates in effect for

the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The provision for income taxes includes current and deferred income

tax expense based on net income adjusted for temporary and permanent differences such as depreciation, loan loss reserve, tax-

exempt interest, and affordable housing tax credits. Reserves for uncertain tax positions, together with any related interest and

penalties, if applicable, and amortization of affordable housing tax credit investments are recorded within income tax expense.

Accounting for stock-based compensation. We recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock

options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees' requisite service period

(generally the vesting period). The requisite service period may be subject to performance conditions. Stock options and

restricted stock awards generally vest ratably over two to five years and are recognized as expense over that same period of

time. The exercise price of each option equals the market price of the Company's Common Stock on the date of the grant, and

the maximum term is ten years.

Certain grants of restricted stock are subject to performance-based and market-based vesting as well as other approved vesting

conditions and cliff vest based on those conditions. Compensation expense is recognized over the service period to the extent

restricted stock awards are expected to vest. See Note Q "Stock Award Plans" for additional information.

Regulatory matters. On October 9, 2013, the CFPB entered a Consent Order against the Bank that required the Bank to pay a

civil money penalty of $34,000, and to adopt an enhanced compliance program related to reporting Home Mortgage Disclosure

Act ("HMDA") data. On October 27, 2020 the CFPB entered a second Consent Order against the Bank for violations related to

the Bank’s HMDA reporting obligations. The 2020 Consent Order required the Bank to pay a $200,000 civil money penalty

77

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

and develop and implement a HMDA compliance management system. Both HMDA Consent Orders were closed by the CFPB

in September 2025.

On December 27, 2024, the Bank received an overall CRA rating from the FDIC of “Needs to Improve” for the period covering

June 3, 2020 to March 26, 2024.  Based on its performance on the individual components of the CRA tests, the Bank received a

“High Satisfactory” rating on both the Investment Test and the Service Test and a “Needs to Improve” rating on the Lending

Test, which resulted in the overall “Needs to Improve” rating.  The Bank disagrees with the overall CRA rating and has

appealed the decision.

New Accounting Pronouncements. In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06 Disclosure Improvements: Codification

Amendments in Response to the SEC's Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative to clarify or improve disclosure and

presentation requirements on a variety of topics and align the requirements in the FASB accounting standard codification with

the SEC. The amendments will be effective for the Company only if the SEC removes the related disclosure requirement from

its existing regulations no later than June 30, 2027.  If the SEC timely removes such a related requirement from its existing

regulations, the corresponding amendments within the ASU will become effective for the Company on the same date with early

adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the amendments in this update to have a material impact on our consolidated

financial statements.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses.  This accounting standards

update will require public companies to disclose, in the notes to financial statements, specified information about certain costs

and expenses at each interim and annual reporting period. As clarified by the FASB in ASU 2025-01, the amendments of ASU

2024-03 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and for quarterly reporting beginning after December

15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material effect on our consolidated

financial statements.

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-use Software. This

ASU eliminates the concept of a software development project stage to better address an agile method of development and

introduces a new threshold for cost capitalization. The standard also provides factors to consider when determining whether

significant development uncertainty exists. The amendments of ASU 2024-03 are effective for annual reporting periods

beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of the annual period. The Company does

not expect this ASU to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE B - BUSINESS COMBINATION

On March 1, 2024, WaFd, Inc. acquired Luther Burbank, headquartered in Santa Rosa, California.  The Merger was effectively

an all-stock transaction and has been accounted for as a business combination.  Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on the

Merger Date, each holder of LBC common stock received 0.3353 of a share of WaFd common stock for each share of LBC

common stock held.  As of the Merger Date, WaFd had 64,311,764 shares of common stock outstanding and issued 17,088,886

shares of WaFd common stock to the LBC shareholders which represents approximately 21% of the voting interests in WaFd,

Inc. upon completion of the Merger.

The purchase price for purposes of the transaction accounting adjustments is calculated based on the number of shares of WaFd

stock issued to LBC shareholders and the closing share price on the Merger Date as shown in the following table (amounts in

thousands except share and per share data).

Number of WaFd shares issued to LBC shareholders	17,089
WaFd market price per share on February 29, 2024	$27.24
Purchase price of shares issued to LBC shareholders	$465,501
Cash in lieu of fractional shares	$3
Purchase price consideration	$465,504

78

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The Merger was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the

Merger were recorded at their respective acquisition date estimated fair values and have been adjusted subsequent to the Merger

Date based on new information. In many cases, the determination of fair value required management to make estimates about

discount rates, expected future cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and

subject to change. As of March 1st 2025, the Company had finalized its valuation of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed

in connection with the Merger.

	March 1, 2024
	(in thousands)
Total merger consideration
Fair value of assets acquired
Cash and cash equivalents	627,403
Investment securities	518,878
Loans receivable	3,186,891
Loans held for sale	3,017,506
Interest receivable	25,697
Premises and equipment	6,436
FHLB stock	35,831
Bank owned life insurance	17,781
Intangible assets	37,022
Deferred tax asset, net	125,151
Other assets	75,398
Total assets acquired	7,673,994
Fair value of liabilities assumed
Customer accounts	5,640,440
Borrowings	1,432,138
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures	50,175
Senior Debt	93,514
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	100,113
Total liabilities assumed	7,316,380
Net Assets Acquired
Goodwill

All values are in US Dollars.

In connection with the Merger, the Company recorded approximately $107,890,000 of goodwill. Goodwill represents the

excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired net of fair value of liabilities assumed. Information

regarding goodwill and the carrying amount and amortization of intangible assets is provided in Note A.

The following is a description of the methods used to determine the fair values of significant assets and liabilities presented

above.

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amount of these items is a reasonable estimate of their fair value based on the short-

term nature of these assets.

Investment securities – Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices. The actual sales prices of

securities were used for those securities sold in March 2024, shortly after the Merger, rather than the quoted market price as

sales prices were determined to be the best indicator of fair value.

79

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

Loans receivable –  A valuation of the loans held for investment portfolio was performed by a third party as of the Merger Date

to assess the fair value. The loans held for investment portfolio was segmented into three groups, including performing

purchased credit deteriorated ("PCD") loans, non-performing PCD loans and non-PCD loans. The loans were further pooled

based on loan type and interest rate terms. The loans were valued at the pool level using a discounted cash flow methodology.

The methodology included projecting cash flows based on the contractual terms of the loans and the cash flows were adjusted

to reflect credit loss expectations along with prepayments. Discount rates were developed based on the relative risk of the cash

flows, taking into consideration the loan type, market rates as of the valuation date, recent originations in the portfolio, credit

loss expectations, and liquidity expectations. Lastly, cash flows adjusted for credit loss expectations were discounted to present

value and summed to arrive at the fair value of the loans.

The Company is required to record PCD assets, defined as a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since

origination or issuance, at the purchase price plus the allowance for credit losses expected at the time of acquisition. Under this

method, there is no credit loss expense affecting net income on acquisition of PCD assets. Changes in estimates of expected

credit losses after acquisition are recognized in subsequent periods as provision for credit losses (or recapture of credit losses)

arises. Any non-credit discount or premium resulting from acquiring a pool of purchased financial assets with credit

deterioration is allocated to each individual asset. At the Merger Date, the initial allowance for credit losses, determined on a

collective basis, is allocated to individual assets to appropriately allocate any non-credit discount or premium. The non-credit

discount or premium, after the adjustment for the allowance for credit losses, is accreted to interest income using the interest

method based on the effective interest rate determined at the Merger Date.

Of the $3.2 billion net loans held for investment acquired, $293 million were identified as PCD loans on the Merger Date. The

following table provides a summary of these PCD loans at acquisition:

	March 1, 2024
	(In thousands)
Principal of PCD loans acquired	$293,204
PCD ACL at acquisition	(7,403)
Non-credit discount on PCD loans	(45,869)
Fair value of PCD loans	$239,932

Loans held for sale – The loans held for sale portfolio was recorded at fair value based on quotes or bids from third parties.

Premises and equipment - The fair values of premises are based on a market approach by obtaining third-party appraisals and

broker opinions of value for land, office and branch space.

Core deposit intangible – The core deposit intangible represents the low cost of funding acquired core deposits provide relative

to the Company’s marginal cost of funds. The fair value was estimated based on a cost savings methodology that gave

consideration to expected customer attrition rates, net maintenance cost of the deposit base, interest costs associated with

customer deposits, and the alternative cost of funds. The estimated fair value was grossed-up for the expected tax amortization

benefit. The intangible asset is being amortized over 6 years using an accelerated method, based upon the period over which

estimated economic benefits are estimated to be received.

Customer Accounts – The fair values used for the demand and savings deposits equal the amount payable on demand at the

Merger Date. The fair value of time deposits is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using current rates

offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.

Borrowings – The fair value of Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances and Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB") borrowings

is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar

remaining maturities.

80

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The Company's operating results for the year ended September 30, 2024 include the operating results produced by the acquired

assets and assumed liabilities in the Merger for the period March 1, 2024 to September 30, 2024.

The following table shows the impact of merger-related expenses for the years ended September 30, 2025 and September 30,

2024.

	Year Ended
Merger-Related Expenses	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024
	(in thousands)
Severance and employee-related	$—	$18,846
Legal and Professional	103	5,573
Charitable contributions	—	1,000
System conversion and integration	136	900
	$239	$26,319

The following table presents unaudited pro forma information as if the Merger had occurred on October 1, 2022. The pro forma

adjustments give effect to any change in interest income due to the accretion of the discount (premium) associated with the fair

value adjustments to acquired loans, any change in interest expense due to estimated premium amortization/discount accretion

associated with the fair value adjustment to acquired interest-bearing deposits, borrowings and long-term debt and the

amortization of the core deposit intangible that would have resulted had the deposits been acquired as of October 1, 2022. The

pro forma information is not indicative of what would have occurred had the Merger occurred as of the beginning of the year

prior to the Merger Date. The pro forma amounts below do not reflect the Company's expectations as of the date of the pro

forma information of further operating cost savings and other business synergies expected to be achieved, including revenue

growth as a result of the Merger. As a result, actual amounts differed from the unaudited pro forma information presented.

	Unaudited Pro Forma for the<br><br>Year Ended
	September 30, 2024	September 30, 2023
	(in thousands)
Net-interest income	$710,644	$833,957
Non-interest income	63,371	56,331
Net income	207,689	291,832

81

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

NOTE C - INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The tables below provide detail regarding the amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity

investment securities.

September 30, 2025	AmortizedCost		Fair<br><br>Value	Yield
		Losses
	( in thousands)
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. government and agency securities due
Within 1 year	1,687	$(29)	$1,658	2.05%
1 to 5 years	545	—	545	5.00
5 to 10 years	158,026	(295)	157,893	4.95
Over 10 years	75,887	(227)	75,823	5.52
Asset-backed securities due
Within 1 year	10,492	(163)	10,329	5.12
5 to 10 years	3,945	—	3,952	5.27
Over 10 years	491,734	(1,383)	492,053	5.36
Corporate debt securities due
1 to 5 years	32,821	(2,047)	30,774	4.95
5 to 10 years	128,015	(6,566)	121,763	4.37
Municipal bonds due
5 to 10 years	25,659	(179)	25,730	5.71
Over 10 years	9,754	(226)	9,528	4.57
Mortgage-backed securities
Agency pass-through certificates	2,603,873	(39,119)	2,603,153	3.83
	3,542,438	(50,234)	3,533,201	4.17
Held-to-maturity securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Agency pass-through certificates	645,802	(37,136)	612,739	3.85
	4,188,240	$(87,370)	$4,145,940	4.12%

All values are in US Dollars.

82

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

September 30, 2024	AmortizedCost		Fair<br><br>Value	Yield
		Losses
	( in thousands)
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. government and agency securities due
Within 1 year	4,360	$—	$4,364	5.58%
1 to 5 years	4,640	(124)	4,518	2.82
5 to 10 years	166,070	—	167,300	5.97
Over 10 years	137,799	(171)	138,022	6.29
Asset-backed securities due
1 to 5 years	11,466	(284)	11,182	6.04
5 to 10 years	9,631	(3)	9,628	6.20
Over 10 years	520,756	(2,041)	519,315	6.15
Corporate debt securities due
Within 1 year	45,024	(367)	44,657	4.61
1 to 5 years	99,244	—	100,221	5.39
5 to 10 years	112,029	(10,625)	101,404	3.87
Over 10 years	50,000	—	50,000	6.85
Municipal bonds due
5 to 10 years	5,689	(243)	5,446	3.00
Over 10 years	29,793	(166)	29,627	5.85
Mortgage-backed securities
Agency pass-through certificates	1,420,376	(40,675)	1,387,025	4.09
	2,616,877	(54,699)	2,572,709	4.87
Held-to-maturity securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Agency pass-through certificates	436,972	(36,839)	401,046	3.18
	3,053,849	$(91,538)	$2,973,755	4.63%

All values are in US Dollars.

The Company purchased $1,482,058,000 of available-for-sale investment securities and $261,842,000 held-to-maturity

investment securities during 2025. Sales of available-for-sale securities totaled $797,000 and there were no sales of held-to-

maturity investment securities in 2025. Substantially all mortgage-backed securities have contractual due dates that exceed 15

years.

The Company elected to exclude AIR from the amortized cost basis of debt securities disclosed throughout this footnote. For

AFS securities, AIR totaled $11,057,000 and $9,311,000 as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively. For

HTM debt securities, AIR totaled $2,089,000 and $1,154,000 as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively.

AIR is included in the “interest receivable” line item on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.

The following tables show the gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities as of September 30, 2025 and September 30,

2024, by length of time that individual securities in each category have been in a continuous loss position. There were 213 and

209 securities with an unrealized loss as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively. The decline in fair value

since purchase is attributable to changes in interest rates. Because the Company does not intend to sell these securities and does

not consider it more likely than not that it will be required to sell these securities before the recovery of amortized cost basis,

which may be upon maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be impaired.

83

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

September 30, 2025	Less than 12 months		12 months or more		Total
	Unrealized<br><br>Gross Losses	Fair<br><br>Value	Unrealized<br><br>Gross Losses	Fair<br><br>Value	Unrealized<br><br>Gross Losses	Fair<br><br>Value
	(In thousands)
Available-for-sale securities
Corporate debt securities	$(119)	$19,881	$(8,495)	$102,342	$(8,614)	$122,223
Municipal bonds	—	—	(405)	15,008	(405)	15,008
U.S. government and agency<br><br>securities	(483)	143,444	(127)	35,211	(610)	178,655
Asset-backed securities	(62)	34,932	(1,424)	135,315	(1,486)	170,247
Mortgage-backed securities	(782)	81,025	(38,337)	653,800	(39,119)	734,825
	(1,446)	279,282	(48,788)	941,676	(50,234)	1,220,958
Held-to-maturity securities
Mortgage-backed securities	—	—	(37,136)	310,597	(37,136)	310,597
	$(1,446)	$279,282	$(85,924)	$1,252,273	$(87,370)	$1,531,555		September 30, 2024	Less than 12 months		12 months or more		Total
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	Unrealized<br><br>Gross Losses	Fair<br><br>Value	Unrealized<br><br>Gross Losses	Fair<br><br>Value	Unrealized<br><br>Gross Losses	Fair<br><br>Value
	(In thousands)
Available-for-sale securities
Corporate debt securities	$—	$—	$(10,993)	$146,060	$(10,993)	$146,060
Municipal bonds due	(15)	19,985	(394)	15,088	(409)	35,073
Asset-backed securities	(249)	116,173	(2,373)	235,846	(2,622)	352,019
Mortgage-backed securities	(165)	103,283	(40,510)	728,968	(40,675)	832,251
	(429)	239,441	(54,270)	1,125,962	(54,699)	1,365,403
Held-to-maturity securities
Mortgage-backed securities	—	—	(36,839)	348,573	(36,839)	348,573
	$(429)	$239,441	$(91,109)	$1,474,535	$(91,538)	$1,713,976

Substantially all of the Company’s held-to-maturity debt securities are issued by U.S. government agencies or U.S.

government-sponsored enterprises. These securities carry the explicit and/or implicit guarantee of the U.S. government and

have a long history of zero credit loss. Therefore, the Company did not record an allowance for credit losses for these securities

as of September 30, 2025 or September 30, 2024. The Company does not consider HTM investments to have any credit

impairment.

The Company does not believe that the available-for-sale debt securities that were in an unrealized loss position have any credit

loss impairment as of September 30, 2025 or September 30, 2024. The Company does not intend to sell the investment

securities that were in an unrealized loss position and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the

investment securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity. Available-for-sale debt securities

issued by U.S. government agencies or U.S. government-sponsored enterprises carry the explicit and/or implicit guarantee of

the U.S. government and have a long history of zero credit loss. Corporate debt securities and municipal bonds are considered

to have an issuer of high credit quality and the decline in fair value is due to changes in interest rates and other market

conditions. The issuers continue to make timely principal and interest payments on the bonds. The fair value is expected to

recover as the bonds approach maturity.

84

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

NOTE D - LOANS RECEIVABLE

For a detailed discussion of loans and credit quality, including accounting policies and the CECL methodology used to estimate the

allowance for credit losses, see Note A "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" above.

The Company's loans held for investment are divided into two portfolio segments, commercial loans and consumer loans, with each of

those segments further split into loan classes for purposes of estimating the allowance for credit losses.

The following table is a summary of loans receivable by loan portfolio segment and class.

	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024
	( in thousands)	( in thousands)
Gross loans by category
Commercial loans
Multi-family	4,718,480	4,658,119
Commercial real estate	3,604,600	3,757,040
Commercial & industrial	2,392,685	2,337,139
Construction	1,756,890	2,174,254
Land - acquisition & development	179,099	200,713
Total commercial loans	12,651,754	13,127,265
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	8,053,771	8,399,030
Construction - custom	150,237	384,161
Land - consumer lot loans	89,298	108,791
HELOC	267,871	266,151
Consumer	61,461	73,998
Total consumer loans	8,622,638	9,232,131
Total gross loans	21,274,392	22,359,396
Less:
Allowance for loan losses	199,720	203,753
Loans in process	773,606	1,009,798
Net deferred fees, costs and discounts	212,448	229,491
Total loan contra accounts	1,185,774	1,443,042
Net loans	20,088,618	20,916,354

All values are in US Dollars.

The Company elected to exclude AIR from the amortized cost basis of loans for disclosure purposes and from the calculations of

estimated credit losses. As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, AIR for loans totaled $85,444,000 and $92,362,000,

respectively, and is included in the “accrued interest receivable” line item on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial

condition.

Loans in the amount of $13,732,150,000 and $16,957,014,000 at September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively, were

pledged to secure borrowings and available lines of credit. None of the agencies to which we have pledged loans have the right to sell

or re-pledge them.

85

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The following summary breaks down the Company's fixed rate and adjustable rate loans by time to maturity or to rate adjustment. The

table below does not account for fixed rate loans that are swapped to floating using derivatives. See Note Gfor details regarding fair

value hedges of individual fixed rate commercial loans and also hedges of a specified portion of pools of prepayable fixed rate

mortgage loans under the "last of layer" method.

September 30, 2025
Fixed-Rate			Adjustable-Rate
Term To Maturity	Loans	% of Loans	Term To Rate Adjustment	Loans	% of Loans
	(In thousands)			(In thousands)
Within 1 year	$532,838	2.6%	Less than 1 year	$6,415,163	31.6%
1 to 3 years	808,581	4.0	1 to 3 years	1,617,496	8.0
3 to 5 years	1,125,285	5.5	3 to 5 years	665,213	3.3
5 to 10 years	2,065,111	10.2	5 to 10 years	188,729	0.9
10 to 20 years	1,104,003	5.4	10 to 20 years	7,492	0.1
Over 20 years	5,755,688	28.4	Over 20 years	2,739	—
	$11,391,506	56.1%		$8,896,832	43.9%

The Company has granted loans to officers and directors of the Company and related interests. These loans are made on the same

terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do

not involve more than the normal risk of collectability. The aggregate dollar amount of these loans, including unfunded commitments

to lend, was $89,608,000 and $98,271,000 at September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of September 30, 2025, all of these loans

were performing in accordance with contractual terms.

The following table sets forth the amortized cost basis of loans receivable for non-accrual loans and loans 90 days or more past due

and still accruing.

	September 30, 2025			September 30, 2024
	(In thousands, except ratio data)
	Non-accrual	Non-accrual<br><br>with no ACL	90 days or<br><br>more past due<br><br>and accruing	Non-accrual	Non-accrual<br><br>with no ACL	90 days or<br><br>more past due<br><br>and accruing
Commercial loans
Multi-family	$19,121	$—	$—	$18,743	$—	$—
Commercial real estate	69,972	—	—	26,362	—	—
Commercial & industrial	11,047	—	—	—	—	1,083
Construction	3,400	—	—	1,120	—	—
Land - acquisition & development	—	—	—	74	—	—
Total commercial loans	103,540	—	—	46,299	—	1,083
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	23,741	—	—	21,488	—	—
Construction - custom	760	—	—	848	—	—
Land - consumer lot loans	23	—	—	—	—	—
HELOC	412	—	—	596	—	—
Consumer	152	—	—	310	—	—
Total consumer loans	25,088	—	—	23,242	—	—
Total loans	$128,628	$—	$—	$69,541	$—	$1,083
% of total loans	0.63%			0.33%

86

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The following tables break down loan delinquencies by loan portfolio segment and class.

September 30, 2025					% based<br><br>on $
Loan type	Loans Receivable (Amortized Cost)	60	90	Total Past<br><br>Due
	( in thousands)
Commercial loans
Multi-Family	4,631,321	$12,482	$8,162	$20,644	0.45%
Commercial Real Estate	3,588,950	912	50,042	51,041	1.42
Commercial & Industrial	2,386,363	1,088	45	1,185	0.05
Construction	1,105,101	—	—	—	—
Land - Acquisition & Development	139,922	—	—	—	—
Total commercial loans	11,851,657	14,482	58,249	72,870	0.61
Consumer loans
Single-Family Residential	7,936,931	6,176	23,273	46,088	0.58
Construction - Custom	78,243	—	760	760	0.97
Land - Consumer Lot Loans	88,696	60	23	332	0.37
HELOC	271,286	384	366	2,182	0.80
Consumer	61,525	102	152	353	0.57
Total consumer loans	8,436,681	6,722	24,574	49,715	0.59
Total Loans	20,288,338	$21,204	$82,823	$122,585	0.60%
Delinquency %		0.10%	0.41%	0.60%

All values are in US Dollars.

September 30, 2024					% based<br><br>on $
Loan type	Loans Receivable (Amortized Cost)	60	90	Total Past<br><br>Due
	( in thousands)
Commercial loans
Multi-Family	4,556,200	$4,890	$9,783	$14,673	0.32%
Commercial Real Estate	3,732,155	—	572	661	0.02
Commercial & Industrial	2,332,732	1,023	1,023	2,046	0.09
Construction	1,424,016	—	1,120	2,050	0.14
Land - Acquisition & Development	160,317	—	74	74	0.05
Total commercial loans	12,205,420	5,913	12,572	19,504	0.16
Consumer loans
Single-Family Residential	8,280,300	7,540	18,244	29,711	0.36
Construction - Custom	182,415	—	848	848	0.46
Land - Consumer Lot Loans	108,060	—	—	—	—
HELOC	269,857	577	546	2,510	0.93
Consumer	74,055	144	310	765	1.03
Total consumer loans	8,914,687	8,261	19,948	33,834	0.38
Total Loans	21,120,107	$14,174	$32,520	$53,338	0.25%
Delinquency %		0.07%	0.15%	0.25%

All values are in US Dollars.

Loans are considered collateral-dependent when the debtor is experiencing financial difficulty and repayment is expected to be

provided substantially through the sale or operation of the collateral. The following table presents the amortized basis of collateral-

dependent loans by loan class and type of collateral securing the assets as of September 30, 2025.

87

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

Collateral dependent loans by type	Residential Real Estate	General Business Assets
	( in thousands)
Commercial loans
Multi-Family	—	$—
Commercial Real Estate	—	—
Commercial & Industrial	—	11,000
Construction	—	—
Land - Acquisition & Development	—	—
Total commercial loans	—	11,000
Consumer loans
Single-Family Residential	3,257	—
Construction - Custom	760	—
Land - Consumer Lot Loans	7	—
HELOC	50	—
Consumer	—	—
Total consumer loans	4,074	—
Total Loans	4,074	$11,000

All values are in US Dollars.

Loans may be modified as the result of borrowers experiencing financial difficulty needing relief from the contractual terms of their

loan. Most loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are accruing and performing loans where the borrower

has approached the Company about modification due to temporary financial difficulties. Each request for modification is individually

evaluated for merit and likelihood of success. Often a term extension is needed in the short term in order to evaluate the need for

further corrective action. Payment delays and interest-only payments may also be approved during the modification period. Principal

forgiveness is not an available option for restructured loans.

For commercial loans, modifications could be any of the above-listed modification types available or a mix thereof. Modifications to

extend the term, lower the payment amount or delay payment are made for the purposes of providing borrowers additional time to

return to compliance with the terms of their loans. Renewals of commercial lines to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are

included within the disclosures below though many of these are made in the normal course of business.

For consumer loans, modifications typically consist of minor payment delays or deferrals and may include a modification of the

existing contractual rate or extension of the maturity date, or both, when it is determined the borrowers are likely to successfully

maintain compliance with these modified loan terms.

The following table presents the amortized basis of loans that were modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during the

period by loan class and modification type. Modifications during the years presented were term extensions or payment deferrals.

88

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

	Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2025
	Term Extension	Payment Deferral	% of Total<br><br>Loan Class	Wtd. Avg.<br><br>Term Extension	Deferral Amount
Commercial loans	( in thousands)	( in thousands)		(in months)	( in thousands)
Multi-family	$21,762	$—	0.46%	15	$—
Commercial real estate	15,000	17,560	0.90	6	1,014
Commercial & industrial	57,431	—	2.40	10	—
Construction	19,432	3,400	0.02	6	120
Total commercial loans	113,625	20,960	1.13		1,134
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	446	8,275	0.11%	6	236
Total consumer loans	446	8,275	0.10		236
Total Loans	$114,071	$29,235	0.70%	9	$1,370			Twelve months ended September 30, 2024
---	---	---	---	---	---
	Term Extension	Payment Deferral	% of Total<br><br>Loan Class	Wtd. Avg.<br><br>Term Extension	Deferral Amount
Commercial loans	( in thousands)	( in thousands)		(in months)	( in thousands)
Commercial real estate	$23,449	$—	0.63%	36	$—
Commercial & industrial	61,074	—	2.62	4	—
Construction	19,087	—	1.34	12	—
Total commercial loans	103,610	—	0.85		—
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	882	—	0.01	6	—
Total consumer loans	882	—	0.01		—
Total Loans	$104,492	$—	0.49%	13	$—

The Company closely monitors the performance of the loans that are modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to

understand the effectiveness of modification efforts. The following table presents the performance of such loans that have been

modified for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively.

89

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

September 30, 2025			Days Delinquent
Loan type		Current	30	60	90	Total
	(in thousands)
Commercial loans
Multi-family		$21,762	$—	$—	$—	$21,762
Commercial real estate		32,560	—	—	—	32,560
Commercial & industrial		57,409	22	—	—	57,431
Construction		22,832	—	—	—	22,832
Total commercial loans		134,563	22	—	—	134,585
Consumer loans
Single-family residential		8,274	—	446	—	8,720
Total consumer loans		8,274	—	446	—	8,720
Total Loans		$142,837	$22	$446	$—	$143,305		September 30, 2024			Days Delinquent
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
Loan type		Current	30	60	90	Total
	(in thousands)
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate		$23,449	$—	$—	$—	$23,449
Commercial & industrial		58,999	—	992	1,083	61,074
Construction		19,087	—	—	—	19,087
Total commercial loans		101,535	—	992	1,083	103,610
Consumer loans
Single-family residential		882	—	—	—	882
Total consumer loans		882	—	—	—	882
Total Loans		$102,417	$—	$992	$1,083	$104,492

None of the loans modified in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 have defaulted after modification as of September 30,

2025 and only one single-family residential loan with a balance of $446,000 was past due 30 days.

We evaluate the credit quality of our commercial loans based on regulatory risk ratings and also consider other factors. It is important

to note, just because a loan is risk-rated below a "pass" rating, it does not necessarily indicate there will be future charge-offs on that

loan.  Loans are downgraded because of either borrower specific or industry-wide financial or operating stresses. Based on this

evaluation, the loans are assigned a grade and classified as follows:

•Pass – the credit does not meet one of the definitions below.

•Special mention – A special mention credit is considered to be currently protected from loss but is potentially weak. No loss

of principal or interest is foreseen; however, proper supervision and management attention is required to deter further

deterioration in the credit. Assets in this category constitute some undue and unwarranted credit risk but not to the point of

justifying a risk rating of substandard. The credit risk may be relatively minor yet constitutes an unwarranted risk in light of

the circumstances surrounding a specific asset.

90

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

•Substandard – A substandard credit is an unacceptable credit. Additionally, repayment in the normal course is in jeopardy

due to the existence of one or more well defined weaknesses. In these situations, loss of principal is likely if the weakness is

not corrected. A substandard asset is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower

or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified will have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the

collection or liquidation of the debt. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard assets, does not

have to exist in individual assets risk rated substandard.

•Doubtful – A credit classified doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard with the added

characteristic that the weakness makes collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and

values, highly questionable and improbable. The probability of loss is high, but because of certain important and reasonably

specific pending factors that may work to the advantage and strengthening of the asset, its classification as an estimated loss

is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors include proposed merger, acquisition, or liquidation

procedures, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral, and refinancing plans.

•Loss – Credits classified loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as a bankable asset is

not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not

practical or desirable to defer writing off this asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. Losses should

be taken in the period in which they are identified as uncollectible. Partial charge-off versus full charge-off may be taken if

the collateral offers some identifiable protection.

The following tables present by credit quality indicator, loan class, and year of origination, the amortized cost basis of loans receivable

as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.

91

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

September 30, 2025	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year
(In thousands)	2025	2024	2023	2022	2021	Prior to<br><br>2021	Revolving<br><br>Loans	Revolving<br><br>to Term<br><br>Loans	Total Loans
Commercial loans
Multi-family
Pass	$51,779	$91,285	$431,401	$1,521,149	$1,154,189	$1,066,496	$21,048	$—	$4,337,347
Special Mention	—	—	8,225	44,350	13,686	70,556	—	—	136,817
Substandard	2,334	—	9,166	51,486	12,661	78,158	1,002	—	154,807
Doubtful	—	—	—	—	—	2,350	—	—	2,350
Total	$54,113	$91,285	$448,792	$1,616,985	$1,180,536	$1,217,560	$22,050	$—	$4,631,321
Gross Charge-offs	182	—	—	—	271	102	—	—	555
Commercial real estate
Pass	$311,687	$226,269	$231,132	$997,347	$550,234	$987,607	$33,688	$1,098	$3,339,062
Special Mention	—	—	—	27,900	21,928	11,752	—	—	61,580
Substandard	—	—	15,484	15,035	83,665	71,343	—	—	185,527
Doubtful	—	—	—	—	—	2,781	—	—	2,781
Total	$311,687	$226,269	$246,616	$1,040,282	$655,827	$1,073,483	$33,688	$1,098	$3,588,950
Gross Charge-offs	—	—	—	163	—	9,489	—	—	9,652
Commercial & industrial
Pass	$263,637	$46,817	$113,824	$147,522	$227,043	$184,325	$1,066,532	$37,050	$2,086,750
Special Mention	—	1,975	—	16,396	—	16,176	10,451	—	44,998
Substandard	35,490	3,042	21,527	24,733	1,725	32,281	130,613	5,180	254,591
Loss	—	—	10	—	—	3	—	11	24
Total	$299,127	$51,834	$135,361	$188,651	$228,768	$232,785	$1,207,596	$42,241	$2,386,363
Gross Charge-offs	199	307	—	—	—	621	—	164	1,291
Construction
Pass	$169,743	$171,558	$221,207	$346,051	$66,878	$—	$116,245	$—	$1,091,682
Special Mention	—	—	—	4,435	—	—	—	—	4,435
Substandard	—	204	—	5,380	3,400	—	—	—	8,984
Total	$169,743	$171,762	$221,207	$355,866	$70,278	$—	$116,245	$—	$1,105,101
Land - acquisition & development
Pass	$48,379	$18,650	$11,026	$27,172	$33,060	$1,376	$—	$—	$139,663
Substandard	—	—	—	—	—	259	—	—	259
Total	$48,379	$18,650	$11,026	$27,172	$33,060	$1,635	$—	$—	$139,922
Total commercial loans
Pass	$845,225	$554,579	$1,008,590	$3,039,241	$2,031,404	$2,239,804	$1,237,513	$38,148	$10,994,504
Special Mention	—	1,975	8,225	93,081	35,614	98,484	10,451	—	247,830
Substandard	37,824	3,246	46,177	96,634	101,451	182,041	131,615	5,180	604,168
Doubtful	—	—	—	—	—	5,131	—	—	5,131
Loss	—	—	10	—	—	3	—	11	24
Total	$883,049	$559,800	$1,063,002	$3,228,956	$2,168,469	$2,525,463	$1,379,579	$43,339	$11,851,657
Gross Charge-offs	$381	$307	$—	$163	$271	$10,212	$—	$164	$11,498

92

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

September 30, 2025	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year
(In thousands)	2025	2024	2023	2022	2021	Prior to<br><br>2021	Revolving<br><br>Loans	Revolving<br><br>to Term<br><br>Loans	Total<br><br>Loans
Consumer loans
Single-family residential
Current	$202,919	$353,679	$786,634	$2,143,244	$1,912,465	$2,491,902	$—	$—	$7,890,843
30 days past due	402	949	1,751	1,061	7,107	5,369	—	—	16,639
60 days past due	—	376	965	692	339	3,804	—	—	6,176
90+ days past due	—	998	813	3,711	4,414	13,337	—	—	23,273
Total	$203,321	$356,002	$790,163	$2,148,708	$1,924,325	$2,514,412	$—	$—	$7,936,931
Gross Charge-offs	—	—	—	—	—	338	—	—	338
Construction - custom
Current	$34,932	$33,380	$5,256	$3,915	$—	$—	$—	$—	$77,483
90+ days past due	—	—	—	760	—	—	—	—	760
Total	$34,932	$33,380	$5,256	$4,675	$—	$—	$—	$—	$78,243
Land - consumer lot loans
Current	$6,175	$14,686	$9,091	$19,489	$20,373	$18,550	$—	$—	$88,364
30 days past due	—	—	—	55	194	—	—	—	249
60 days past due	—	—	60	—	—	—	—	—	60
90+ days past due	—	—	—	—	—	23	—	—	23
Total	$6,175	$14,686	$9,151	$19,544	$20,567	$18,573	$—	$—	$88,696
HELOC
Current	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$4,276	$262,581	$2,247	$269,104
30 days past due	—	—	—	—	—	145	1,183	104	1,432
60 days past due	—	—	—	—	—	181	203	—	384
90+ days past due	—	—	—	—	—	—	366	—	366
Total	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$4,602	$264,333	$2,351	$271,286
Consumer
Current	$158	$30	$17	$—	$7,507	$22,365	$31,095	$—	$61,172
30 days past due	—	—	—	—	—	—	99	—	99
60 days past due	—	—	—	—	—	52	50	—	102
90+ days past due	—	—	—	—	—	44	108	—	152
Total	$158	$30	$17	$—	$7,507	$22,461	$31,352	$—	$61,525
Gross Charge-offs	—	2	—	—	—	62	1,252	18	1,334
Total consumer loans
Current	$244,184	$401,775	$800,998	$2,166,648	$1,940,345	$2,537,093	$293,676	$2,247	$8,386,966
30 days past due	402	949	1,751	1,116	7,301	5,514	1,282	104	18,419
60 days past due	—	376	1,025	692	339	4,037	253	—	6,722
90+ days past due	—	998	813	4,471	4,414	13,404	474	—	24,574
Total	$244,586	$404,098	$804,587	$2,172,927	$1,952,399	$2,560,048	$295,685	$2,351	$8,436,681
Gross Charge-offs	$—	$2	$—	$—	$—	$400	$1,252	$18	$1,672

93

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

September 30, 2024	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year
(In thousands)	2024	2023	2022	2021	2020	Prior to<br><br>2020	Revolving<br><br>Loans	Revolving<br><br>to Term<br><br>Loans	Total Loans
Commercial loans
Multi-family
Pass	$62,038	$198,790	$1,645,460	$1,203,005	$577,037	$716,573	$56,627	$16,753	$4,476,283
Special Mention	—	—	1,698	2,655	2,572	5,452	—	—	12,377
Substandard	—	—	13,566	5,850	7,059	41,065	—	—	67,540
Total	$62,038	$198,790	$1,660,724	$1,211,510	$586,668	$763,090	$56,627	$16,753	$4,556,200
Commercial real estate
Pass	$216,520	$252,923	$1,086,200	$723,600	$475,313	$797,877	$35,249	$—	$3,587,682
Special Mention	—	—	—	22,216	8,682	9,399	—	—	40,297
Substandard	—	—	8,686	2,260	25,319	67,911	—	—	104,176
Total	$216,520	$252,923	$1,094,886	$748,076	$509,314	$875,187	$35,249	$—	$3,732,155
Gross Charge-offs	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$203	$—	$—	$203
Commercial & industrial
Pass	$42,232	$148,059	$231,215	$282,148	$89,219	$156,666	$1,116,283	$41,957	$2,107,779
Special Mention	—	—	—	—	—	—	21,264	—	21,264
Substandard	2,142	19,818	35,717	2,284	13,227	44,870	85,627	4	203,689
Total	$44,374	$167,877	$266,932	$284,432	$102,446	$201,536	$1,223,174	$41,961	$2,332,732
Gross Charge-offs	$175	$42	$10	$15	$—	$7	$2,331	$31	$2,611
Construction
Pass	$146,154	$421,334	$532,310	$233,200	$—	$—	$59,334	$—	$1,392,332
Special Mention	—	—	—	3,221	—	—	—	—	3,221
Substandard	82	8,622	6,060	13,699	—	—	—	—	28,463
Total	$146,236	$429,956	$538,370	$250,120	$—	$—	$59,334	$—	$1,424,016
Land - acquisition & development
Pass	$23,475	$12,976	$56,292	$46,635	$2,774	$17,768	$—	$—	$159,920
Substandard	—	—	—	—	74	323	—	—	397
Total	$23,475	$12,976	$56,292	$46,635	$2,848	$18,091	$—	$—	$160,317
Gross Charge-offs	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$149	$—	$—	$149
Total commercial loans
Pass	$490,419	$1,034,082	$3,551,477	$2,488,588	$1,144,343	$1,688,884	$1,267,493	$58,710	$11,723,996
Special Mention	—	—	1,698	28,092	11,254	14,851	21,264	—	77,159
Substandard	2,224	28,440	64,029	24,093	45,679	154,169	85,627	4	404,265
Total	$492,643	$1,062,522	$3,617,204	$2,540,773	$1,201,276	$1,857,904	$1,374,384	$58,714	$12,205,420
Gross Charge-offs	$175	$42	$10	$15	$—	$359	$2,331	$31	$2,963

94

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

September 30, 2024	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year
(In thousands)	2024	2023	2022	2021	2020	Prior to<br><br>2020	Revolving<br><br>Loans	Revolving<br><br>to Term<br><br>Loans	Total<br><br>Loans
Consumer loans
Single-family residential
Current	$384,516	$765,673	$2,285,996	$2,061,359	$797,586	$1,955,459	$—	$—	$8,250,589
30 days past due	—	—	375	—	1,063	2,489	—	—	3,927
60 days past due	—	3,237	—	1,199	662	2,442	—	—	7,540
90+ days past due	—	820	3,454	1,339	1,027	11,604	—	—	18,244
Total	$384,516	$769,730	$2,289,825	$2,063,897	$800,338	$1,971,994	$—	$—	$8,280,300
Gross Charge-offs	—	—	13	—	—	131	—	—	144
Construction - custom
Current	$54,649	$108,941	$17,082	$537	$—	$358	$—	$—	$181,567
90+ days past due	—	—	848	—	—	—	—	—	848
Total	$54,649	$108,941	$17,930	$537	$—	$358	$—	$—	$182,415
Land - consumer lot loans
Current	$19,672	$14,809	$26,839	$23,804	$9,223	$13,713	$—	$—	$108,060
Total	$19,672	$14,809	$26,839	$23,804	$9,223	$13,713	$—	$—	$108,060
HELOC
Current	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$4,176	$262,055	$1,116	$267,347
30 days past due	—	—	—	—	—	216	1,171	—	1,387
60 days past due	—	—	—	—	—	392	185	—	577
90+ days past due	—	—	—	—	—	8	538	—	546
Total	$—	$—	$—	$—	$—	$4,792	$263,949	$1,116	$269,857
Consumer
Current	$1,515	$33	$(19)	$9,440	$8,000	$18,329	$35,992	$—	$73,290
30 days past due	—	—	—	—	—	92	219	—	311
60 days past due	—	—	—	—	—	—	144	—	144
90+ days past due	—	—	—	—	—	91	219	—	310
Total	$1,515	$33	$(19)	$9,440	$8,000	$18,512	$36,574	$—	$74,055
Gross Charge-offs	—	—	—	—	—	139	379	—	518
Total consumer loans
Current	$460,352	$889,456	$2,329,898	$2,095,140	$814,809	$1,992,035	$298,047	$1,116	$8,880,853
30 days past due	—	—	375	—	1,063	2,797	1,390	—	5,625
60 days past due	—	3,237	—	1,199	662	2,834	329	—	8,261
90+ days past due	—	820	4,302	1,339	1,027	11,703	757	—	19,948
Total	$460,352	$893,513	$2,334,575	$2,097,678	$817,561	$2,009,369	$300,523	$1,116	$8,914,687
Gross Charge-offs	—	—	13	—	—	270	379	—	662

95

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

NOTE E - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

For a detailed discussion of loans and credit quality, including accounting policies and the CECL methodology used to estimate the

allowance for credit losses, see Note A, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

The following tables summarize the activity in the allowance for loan losses by loan portfolio segment and class.

Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2025	Beginning<br><br>Allowance	Charge-offs	Recoveries	Provision &<br><br>Transfers	Ending<br><br>Allowance
	(In thousands)
Commercial loans
Multi-family	$25,248	$(555)	$—	$1,260	$25,953
Commercial real estate	39,210	(9,652)	169	12,261	41,988
Commercial & industrial	58,748	(1,291)	252	1,454	59,163
Construction	22,267	—	—	(4,131)	18,136
Land - acquisition & development	7,900	—	33	(1,039)	6,894
Total commercial loans	153,373	(11,498)	454	9,805	152,134
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	40,523	(338)	572	(1,877)	38,880
Construction - custom	1,427	—	4	(821)	610
Land - consumer lot loans	2,564	—	—	(460)	2,104
HELOC	3,049	—	3	17	3,069
Consumer	2,817	(1,334)	354	1,086	2,923
Total consumer loans	50,380	(1,672)	933	(2,055)	47,586
	$203,753	$(13,170)	$1,387	$7,750	$199,720

96

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2024	Charge-offs	Recoveries	Provision &<br><br>Transfers1	Ending<br><br>Allowance
Commercial loans
Multi-family	$—	$—	$12,093	$25,248
Commercial real estate	(203)	4	10,567	$39,210
Commercial & industrial	(2,611)	1,069	1,517	$58,748
Construction	—	—	(7,141)	$22,267
Land - acquisition & development	(149)	105	928	$7,900
Total commercial loans	(2,963)	1,178	17,964	153,373
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	(144)	381	12,257	40,523
Construction - custom	—	1	(1,355)	1,427
Land - consumer lot loans	—	58	(1,006)	2,564
HELOC	—	4	186	3,049
Consumer	(518)	647	(144)	2,817
Total consumer loans	(662)	1,091	9,938	50,380
	$(3,625)	$2,269	$27,902	$203,753
1Provision & transfer amounts within the table include the 16,000,000 initial provision related to non-PCD loans acquired during the year and the 7,403,000 PCD ACL amount included in the Merger purchase price allocation but do not reflect a provision recapture from unfunded commitments of 3,000,000.

All values are in US Dollars.

The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $7,750,000 in 2025, compared to a provision of $17,500,000 for 2024 which

included the provision for the initial reserves for non-PCD loans acquired in the Merger. The decrease in the overall ACL during

fiscal 2025 was the result of the decrease in net loan balances led by payoffs in single-family, commercial construction and land

A&D. For the year ended September 30, 2025, net charge-offs were $11,783,000, compared to $1,356,000 in the prior year. A loan

is charged-off when the loss is estimable and it is confirmed that the borrower is not expected to be able to meet its contractual

obligations.

Non-accrual loans increased to $128,628,000 as of September 30, 2025, from $69,541,000 as of September 30, 2024. Non-

performing assets totaled $143,022,000, or 0.54% of total assets, at September 30, 2025, compared to $77,418,000, or 0.28% of

total assets, as of September 30, 2024.

As of September 30, 2025, the allowance for loan losses of $199,720,000 is for loans that are evaluated on a pooled basis, which

was comprised of $131,652,000 related to the quantitative component and $68,068,000 related to management's qualitative overlays

(including the forecast component of the reserve).

The Company has an asset quality review function that analyzes its loan portfolio and reports the results of the review to its Board

of Directors on a quarterly basis. The single-family residential, HELOC and consumer portfolios are evaluated based on their

performance as a pool of loans, since no single loan is individually significant or judged by its risk rating, size or potential risk of

loss. The construction, land, multi-family, commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans are risk rated on a loan by

loan basis to determine the relative risk inherent in specific borrowers or loans. Based on that risk rating, the loans are assigned a

grade and classified as described in Note D "Loans Receivable." It is important to note, just because a loan is risk-rated below a

"pass" rating, it does not necessarily indicate there will be future charge-offs on that loan.  Loans are downgraded because of either

borrower specific or industry-wide financial or operating stresses.

The following tables provide the amortized cost of loans receivable based on risk rating categories (as previously defined).

97

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

September 30, 2025	Internally Assigned Grade
	Pass	Special mention	Substandard	Doubtful	Loss	Total
	(In thousands)
Loan type
Commercial loans
Multi-family	$4,337,347	$136,817	$154,807	$2,350	$—	$4,631,321
Commercial real estate	3,339,062	61,580	185,527	2,781	—	3,588,950
Commercial & industrial	2,086,750	44,998	254,591	—	24	2,386,363
Construction	1,091,682	4,435	8,984	—	—	1,105,101
Land - acquisition & development	139,663	—	259	—	—	139,922
Total commercial loans	10,994,504	247,830	604,168	5,131	24	11,851,657
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	7,913,120	—	23,811	—	—	7,936,931
Construction - custom	77,483	—	760	—	—	78,243
Land - consumer lot loans	88,613	—	83	—	—	88,696
HELOC	270,874	—	412	—	—	271,286
Consumer	61,406	—	119	—	—	61,525
Total consumer loans	8,411,496	—	25,185	—	—	8,436,681
Total loans	$19,406,000	$247,830	$629,353	$5,131	$24	$20,288,338
Total grade as a % of total loans	95.7%	1.2%	3.1%	—%	—%			September 30, 2024	Internally Assigned Grade
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	Pass	Special mention	Substandard	Doubtful	Loss	Total Gross<br><br>Loans
	(In thousands)
Loan type
Commercial loans
Multi-family	$4,476,283	$12,377	$67,540	$—	$—	$4,556,200
Commercial real estate	3,587,682	40,297	104,176	—	—	3,732,155
Commercial & industrial	2,107,780	21,264	203,688	—	—	2,332,732
Construction	1,392,332	3,221	28,463	—	—	1,424,016
Land - acquisition & development	159,919	—	398	—	—	160,317
Total commercial loans	11,723,996	77,159	404,265	—	—	12,205,420
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	8,258,812	—	21,488	—	—	8,280,300
Construction - custom	181,567	—	848	—	—	182,415
Land - consumer lot loans	108,060	—	—	—	—	108,060
HELOC	269,261	—	596	—	—	269,857
Consumer	73,824	—	231	—	—	74,055
Total consumer loans	8,891,524	—	23,163	—	—	8,914,687
Total gross loans	$20,615,520	$77,159	$427,428	$—	$—	$21,120,107
Total grade as a % of total gross loans	97.6%	0.4%	2.0%	—%	—%

98

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The following tables provide information on amortized cost of loans receivable based on borrower payment activity.

September 30, 2025	Performing Loans		Non-Performing Loans
	Amount	% of Total Loans	Amount	% of Total Loans
	(In thousands)		(In thousands)
Commercial loans
Multi-family	$4,612,200	99.6%	$19,121	0.4%
Commercial real estate	3,518,978	98.1	69,972	1.9
Commercial & industrial	2,375,316	99.5	11,047	0.5
Construction	1,101,701	99.7	3,400	0.3
Land - acquisition & development	139,922	100.0	—	—
Total commercial loans	11,748,117	99.1	103,540	0.9
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	7,913,190	99.7	23,741	0.3
Construction - custom	77,483	99.0	760	1.0
Land - consumer lot loans	88,673	100.0	23	—
HELOC	270,874	99.8	412	0.2
Consumer	61,373	99.8	152	0.2
Total consumer loans	8,411,593	99.7	25,088	0.3
Total	$20,159,710	99.4%	$128,628	0.6%
September 30, 2024	Performing Loans		Non-Performing Loans
---	---	---	---	---
	Amount	% of Total Loans	Amount	% of Total Loans
	(In thousands)		(In thousands)
Commercial loans
Multi-family	$4,537,457	99.6%	$18,743	0.4%
Commercial real estate	3,705,793	99.3	26,362	0.7
Commercial & industrial	2,332,732	100.0	—	—
Construction	1,422,896	99.9	1,120	0.1
Land - acquisition & development	160,243	100.0	74	—
Total commercial loans	12,159,121	99.6	46,299	0.4
Consumer loans
Single-family residential	8,258,812	99.7	21,488	0.3
Construction - custom	181,567	99.5	848	0.5
Land - consumer lot loans	108,060	100.0	—	—
HELOC	269,261	99.8	596	0.2
Consumer	73,745	99.6	310	0.4
Total consumer loans	8,891,445	99.7	23,242	0.3
Total gross loans	$21,050,566	99.7%	$69,541	0.3%

99

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

NOTE F - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement ("ASC 820") defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset

or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly

transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an

entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The

standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active exchange markets that the entity has the

ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities,

quoted prices in markets that are not active and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable

market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market

participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company has established and documented the process for determining the fair values of its assets and liabilities, where

applicable. Fair value is based on quoted market prices, when available, for identical or similar assets or liabilities. In the absence of

quoted market prices, fair value is determined using valuation models or third-party appraisals. The following is a description of the

valuation methodologies used to measure and report the fair value of financial assets and liabilities on a recurring or nonrecurring

basis.

Measured on a Recurring Basis

Available-for-sale investment securities and derivative contracts

Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value of debt securities are priced using model

pricing based on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted prices as provided by an independent third party, and under

GAAP are considered a Level 2 input method. Securities that are traded on active exchanges, including the Company's equity

securities, are measured using the closing price in an active market and are considered a Level 1 input method.

The Company offers interest rate swaps to its variable rate borrowers who want to manage their interest rate risk. At the same time,

the Company enters into the opposite trade with a counterparty to offset its interest rate risk. The Company has also entered various

forms of fair value hedges and cash flow hedges using interest rate swaps. The fair value of these interest rate swaps are estimated

by a third party pricing service using a discounted cash flow technique. These are considered a Level 2 input method.

The following tables present the balance and level in the fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value

on a recurring basis (with the exception of those measured using the NAV practical expedient).

100

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

	September 30, 2025
	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3	Total
	(In thousands)
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. government and agency securities	$—	$235,919	$—	$235,919
Asset-backed securities	—	506,334		506,334
Municipal bonds	—	35,258	—	35,258
Corporate debt securities	—	152,537	—	152,537
Mortgage-backed securities
Agency pass-through certificates	—	2,603,153	—	2,603,153
Total Available-for-sale securities	—	3,533,201	—	3,533,201
Client swap program hedges	—	37,347	—	37,347
Commercial loan hedges	—	1,611	—	1,611
Mortgage loan fair value hedges	—	13,082	—	13,082
Borrowings cash flow hedges	—	99,231	—	99,231
Total Financial Assets	$—	$3,684,472	$—	$3,684,472
Financial Liabilities
Client swap program hedges	$—	$37,818	$—	$37,818
Mortgage backed securities fair value hedges	—	15,086	—	15,086
Mortgage loan fair value hedges	—	20,426	—	20,426
Total Financial Liabilities	$—	$73,330	$—	$73,330			September 30, 2024
---	---	---	---	---
	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3	Total
	(In thousands)
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. government and agency securities	$—	$314,204	$—	$314,204
Asset-backed securities	—	540,125	—	540,125
Municipal bonds	—	35,073	—	35,073
Corporate debt securities	—	296,282	—	296,282
Mortgage-backed securities
Agency pass-through certificates	—	1,387,025	—	1,387,025
Total Available-for-sale securities	—	2,572,709	—	2,572,709
Client swap program hedges	—	46,758	—	46,758
Commercial loan fair value hedges	—	1,595	—	1,595
Borrowings cash flow hedges	—	117,271	—	117,271
Total Financial Assets	$—	$2,738,333	$—	$2,738,333
Financial Liabilities
Client swap program hedges	$—	$47,388	$—	$47,388
Mortgage loan fair value hedges	—	667	—	667
Total Financial Liabilities	$—	$48,055	$—	$48,055

101

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

There were no transfers between, into and/or out of Level 1, 2 or 3 during the year ended September 30, 2025 or September 30,

2024.

Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis after initial recognition such as collateral dependent

loans and real estate owned ("REO"). REO consists principally of properties acquired through foreclosure. From time to time, and

on a nonrecurring basis, adjustments using fair value measurements are recorded to reflect increases or decreases based on the

discounted cash flows, the current appraisal or estimated value of the collateral or REO property.

When management determines that the fair value of the collateral or the REO requires additional adjustments, either as a result of an

updated appraised value or when there is no observable market price, the Company classifies the collateral dependent loan or real

estate owned as Level 3. Level 3 assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis includes loans for which an allowance was

established or a partial charge-off was recorded based on the fair value of collateral, as well as real estate owned where the fair value

of the property was less than the cost basis.

The following tables present the aggregated balance of assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for the

periods presented, and the total losses resulting from those fair value adjustments during the respective periods. The estimated fair

value measurements are shown gross of estimated selling costs.

	September 30, 2025				Twelve Months<br><br>Ended<br><br>September 30,<br><br>2025
	Level 1	Level  2	Level  3	Total
	(In thousands)
Loans receivable (1)	$—	$—	$32,748	32,748	$(12,056)
Real estate owned (2)	—	—	4,810	4,810	(670)
Balance at end of period	$—	$—	$37,558	37,558	$(12,726)

All values are in US Dollars.

(1)The gains (losses) represent re-measurements of collateral-dependent impaired loans.

(2)The gains (losses) represent aggregate write-downs and charge-offs on real estate owned.

	September 30, 2024				Twelve Months<br><br>Ended<br><br>September 30,<br><br>2024
	Level 1	Level  2	Level  3	Total
	(In thousands)
Loans receivable (1)	$—	$—	$4,345	4,345	$(3,225)
Real estate owned (2)	—	—	1,460	1,460	(1,910)
Balance at end of period	$—	$—	$5,805	5,805	$(5,135)

All values are in US Dollars.

(1)The gains (losses) represent re-measurements of collateral-dependent impaired loans.

(2)The gains (losses) represent aggregate write-downs and charge-offs on real estate owned.

At September 30, 2025, there was $290,000 in foreclosed residential real estate properties held as REO. The recorded investment of

consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process was

$4,090,000.

102

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

U. S. GAAP requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the statement of

financial condition, for which it is practicable to estimate those values. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial

instruments are excluded from the disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value estimates presented do not reflect

the underlying fair value of the Company. Although management is not aware of any factors that would materially affect the

estimated fair value amounts presented below, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these

financial statements since the dates shown, and therefore, estimates of fair value subsequent to those dates may differ significantly

from the amounts presented below.

		September 30, 2025		September 30, 2024
	Level	Carrying<br><br>Amount	Estimated<br><br>Fair Value	Carrying<br><br>Amount	Estimated<br><br>Fair Value
		(In thousands)
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	1	$657,310	$657,310	$2,381,102	$2,381,102
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. government and agency securities	2	235,919	235,919	314,204	314,204
Asset-backed securities	2	506,334	506,334	540,125	540,125
Municipal bonds	2	35,258	35,258	35,073	35,073
Corporate debt securities	2	152,537	152,537	296,282	296,282
Mortgage-backed securities
Agency pass-through certificates	2	2,603,153	2,603,153	1,387,025	1,387,025
Total available-for-sale securities		3,533,201	3,533,201	2,572,709	2,572,709
Held-to-maturity securities:
Mortgage-backed securities
Agency pass-through certificates	2	645,802	612,739	436,972	401,046
Total held-to-maturity securities		645,802	612,739	436,972	401,046
Loans receivable	3	20,088,618	19,681,909	20,916,354	20,269,059
FHLB stock	2	88,068	88,068	95,617	95,617
Other assets - client swap program hedges	2	37,347	37,347	46,758	46,758
Other assets - commercial loan fair value hedges	2	1,611	1,611	1,595	1,595
Other assets - mortgage loan fair value hedges	2	13,082	13,082	—	—
Other assets - borrowings cash flow hedges	2	99,231	99,231	117,271	117,271
Financial liabilities
Time deposits	2	9,131,104	9,121,470	9,556,785	9,787,187
Borrowings	2	1,765,604	1,755,130	3,267,589	3,276,122
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures	3	51,645	50,925	50,718	50,240
Other liabilities - client swap program hedges	2	37,818	37,818	47,388	47,388
Other liabilities - mortgage backed securities fair value hedges	2	15,086	15,086	—	—
Other liabilities - mortgage loan fair value hedges	2	20,426	20,426	667	667

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amount of these items is a reasonable estimate of their fair value.

Available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities – Securities at fair value are primarily priced using model pricing based

on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted prices as provided by an independent third party and are considered a

Level 2 input method.

103

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

Loans receivable – Fair values are estimated first by stratifying the portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans

are segregated by type such as multi-family real estate, residential mortgage, construction, commercial, consumer and land loans.

Each loan category is further segmented into fixed- and adjustable-rate interest terms. For residential mortgages and multi-family

loans, the bank determined that its best exit price was by securitization. MBS benchmark prices are used as a base price, with further

loan level pricing adjustments made based on individual loan characteristics such as FICO score, LTV, Property Type and

occupancy. For all other loan categories an estimate of fair value is then calculated based on discounted cash flows using a discount

rate offered and observed in the market on similar products, plus an adjustment for liquidity to reflect the non-homogeneous nature

of the loans, as well as an annual loss rate based on historical losses to arrive at an estimated exit price fair value. Fair value for

impaired loans is also based on recent appraisals or estimated cash flows discounted using rates commensurate with risk associated

with the estimated cash flows. Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows and discount rates are judgmentally determined using

available market information and specific borrower information.

FHLB stock – The fair value is based upon the par value of the stock which equates to its carrying value.

Time deposits – The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using the

rates currently offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.

Borrowings – The fair value of FHLB advances and FRB borrowings is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows

using rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar remaining maturities.

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures - The fair value of junior subordinated debentures is estimated using an income

approach valuation technique. The significant unobservable input utilized in the estimation of fair value of these instruments is the

credit risk adjusted spread. The credit risk adjusted spread represents the nonperformance risk of the liability, contemplating the

inherent risk of the obligation. The ending carrying (fair) value of the junior subordinated debentures measured at fair value

represents the estimated amount that would be paid to transfer these liabilities in an orderly transaction amongst market participants.

Due to credit concerns in the capital markets and inactivity in the trust preferred markets that have limited the observability of

market spreads, the Company has classified this as a Level 3 fair value measurement.

Interest rate swaps – The Company offers interest rate swaps to its variable rate borrowers who want to manage their interest rate

risk. At the same time, the Bank enters into the opposite trade with a counterparty to offset its interest rate risk. The Company also

uses interest rate swaps for various fair value hedges and cash flow hedges. The fair value of interest rate swaps are estimated by a

third-party pricing service using a discounted cash flow technique.

NOTE G - DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The following tables present the fair value, notional amount and balance sheet classification of derivative assets and liabilities at

September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.

September 30, 2025	Derivative Assets
Interest rate contract purpose	Balance Sheet<br><br>Location	Notional	Fair Value	Notional	Fair Value
	(In thousands)
Client swap program hedges	Other assets	$977,017	37,347	$977,017	$37,818
Commercial loan fair value hedges	Other assets	34,341	1,611	—	—
Mortgage loan fair value hedges	Other assets	470,000	13,082	1,100,000	20,426
Mortgage backed securities fair value hedges	Other assets	—	—	610,000	15,086
Borrowings cash flow hedges	Other assets	900,000	99,231	—	—
		$2,381,358	151,271	$2,687,017	$73,330

All values are in US Dollars.

104

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

September 30, 2024	Derivative Assets
Interest rate contract purpose	Balance Sheet<br><br>Location	Notional	Fair Value	Notional	Fair Value
	(In thousands)
Client swap program hedges	Other assets	$1,044,512	46,758	$1,044,512	$47,388
Commercial loan fair value hedges	Other assets	37,042	1,595	—	—
Mortgage loan fair value hedges	Other assets	—	—	2,570,000	667
Borrowings cash flow hedges	Other assets	900,000	117,271	—	—
		$1,981,554	165,624	$3,614,512	$48,055

All values are in US Dollars.

The Company enters into interest rate swaps to hedge interest rate risk. These arrangements include hedges of individual fixed rate

commercial loans and also hedges of a specified portion of pools of prepayable fixed rate mortgage loans under the "last of layer"

method. These relationships qualify as fair value hedges under FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging ("ASC 815"), which

provides for offsetting of the recognition of gains and losses of the respective interest rate swap and the hedged items. Gains and

losses on interest rate swaps designated in these hedge relationships, along with the offsetting gains and losses on the hedged items

attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings within the same income statement line item.

Upon electing to apply ASC 815 fair value hedge accounting, the carrying value of the hedged items are adjusted to reflect the

cumulative impact of changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk. The hedge basis adjustment remains with each hedged

item until the hedged item is de-recognized from the balance sheet. The following tables present the impact of fair value hedge

accounting on the carrying value of the hedged items at September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.

(In thousands)	September 30, 2025
Balance sheet line item in which hedged item is recorded	Carrying value of hedged<br><br>items	Cumulative gain (loss) fair<br><br>value hedge adjustment<br><br>included in carrying amount of<br><br>hedged items
Loans receivable (1) (2)	$5,426,086	$6,794
Available-for-sale Securities (3)	940,110	15,452
	$6,366,196	$22,246

(1) Includes the amortized cost basis of the closed mortgage loan portfolios used to designate the hedging relationships in

which the hedged items are the last layer expected to be remaining at the end of the hedging relationships. At September

30, 2025, the amortized cost basis of the closed loan portfolios used in the hedging relationships was $5,393,257,000, the

cumulative basis adjustment associated with the hedging relationships was $8,262,000, and the amount of the designated

hedged items was $1,570,000,000.  During the year, hedge accounting was discontinued on a $1,600,000,000 last of

layer hedge. A basis adjustment of $4,016,668 associated with the terminated portion of the hedge was deferred and is

being amortized over the remaining life of the associated pool of loans.

(2) Includes the amortized cost basis of commercial loans designated in fair value hedging relationships. At September

30, 2025, the amortized cost basis of the hedged commercial loans was $32,829,000 and the cumulative basis adjustment

associated with the hedging relationships was $(1,468,000).

(3) Includes the fair value basis of mortgage backed securities designated in fair value hedging relationships. At

September 30, 2025, the fair value of the hedged mortgage based securities was $940,110,000, the cumulative basis

adjustment associated with the hedging relationships was $15,452,000, and the amount of the designated hedged items

was $610,000,000.

105

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

(In thousands)	September 30, 2024
Balance sheet line item in which hedged item is recorded	Carrying value of hedged<br><br>items	Cumulative gain (loss) fair<br><br>value hedge adjustment<br><br>included in carrying amount of<br><br>hedged items
Loans receivable (1) (2)	$7,287,540	$20,005
	$7,287,540	$20,005

(1) Includes the amortized cost basis of the closed mortgage loan portfolios used to designate the hedging relationships in

which the hedged items are the last layer expected to be remaining at the end of the hedging relationships. At September

30, 2024, the amortized cost basis of the closed loan portfolios used in the hedging relationships was $7,252,017,000, the

cumulative basis adjustment associated with the hedging relationships was $21,476,000, and the amount of the

designated hedged items was $2,570,000,000. During the year, hedge accounting was discontinued on a $300,000,000

last of layer hedge. A basis adjustment of $1,232,211 associated with the terminated portion of the hedge was deferred

and is being accreted over the remaining life of the associated pool of loans.

(2) Includes the amortized cost basis of commercial loans designated in fair value hedging relationships. At September

30, 2024, the amortized cost basis of the hedged commercial loans was $35,523,000 and the cumulative basis adjustment

associated with the hedging relationships was $(1,471,000).

The Company has entered into interest rate swaps to convert certain short-term borrowings to fixed rate payments. The primary

purpose of these hedges is to mitigate the risk of changes in future cash flows resulting from increasing interest rates. For qualifying

cash flow hedges under ASC 815, gains and losses on the interest rate swaps are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive

income ("AOCI") and then reclassified into earnings in the same period the hedged cash flows affect earnings and within the same

income statement line item as the hedged cash flows. As of September 30, 2025, the maturities for hedges of adjustable rate

borrowings ranged from less than one year to five years, with the weighted average being 4.1 years.

The following table presents the impact of derivative instruments (cash flow hedges on borrowings) on AOCI for the periods

presented.

(In thousands)	Twelve Months Ended September 30,
Amount of gain/(loss) recognized in AOCI on derivatives in cash flow hedging<br><br>relationships	2025	2024
Interest rate contracts:
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps on cash flow hedges of borrowings	$(18,040)	$(67,102)
Total pre-tax gain/(loss) recognized in AOCI	$(18,040)	$(67,102)

106

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The following table presents the gains/(losses) on derivative instruments in fair value and cash flow accounting hedging

relationships under ASC 815 for the period presented.

	Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2025
	Interest<br><br>income on<br><br>loans<br><br>receivable	Interest on mortgage-backed securities	Interest on mortgage-backed securities
	(In thousands)
Interest income/(expense), including the effects<br><br>of fair value and cash flow hedges	$1,119,937	103,071	59,782
Gain/(loss) on fair value hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts
Amounts related to interest settlements on<br><br>derivatives	$20,641	962	—
Recognized on derivatives	2,222	(15,086)	—
Recognized on hedged items	(9,194)	15,452	—
Net income/(expense) recognized on fair<br><br>value hedges	$13,669	1,328	—
Gain/(loss) on cash flow hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts
Amounts related to interest settlements on<br><br>derivatives
Amount of derivative gain/(loss) reclassified<br><br>from AOCI into interest income/expense
Net income/(expense) recognized on cash<br><br>flow hedges

All values are in US Dollars.

The Company periodically enters into certain interest rate swap agreements in order to provide commercial loan customers the

ability to convert from variable to fixed interest rate payments, while the Company retains a variable rate loan. Under these

agreements, the Company enters into a variable rate loan agreement and a swap agreement with the client. The swap agreement

effectively converts the client’s variable rate loan into a fixed rate. The Company enters into a corresponding swap agreement with a

third party in order to offset its exposure on the variable and fixed components of the client's swap agreement. The interest rate

swaps are derivatives under ASC 815, with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. The net impact to the statement of operations

for the year ended September 30, 2025 was an increase in other income of $159,000.  The net impact for the year ended September

30, 2024 was an increase in other income of $241,000. As of September 30, 2025, none of the outstanding notional balance is

associated with related party loans.

The following table presents the impact of derivative instruments (client swap program) that are not designated in accounting

hedges under ASC 815 for the periods presented.

(In thousands)		Twelve Months Ended September 30,
Derivative instruments	Classification of gain/(loss) recognized in<br><br>income on derivative instrument	2025	2024
Interest rate contracts:
Pay fixed/receive floating swap	Other noninterest income	$(2,836)	$(45,960)
Receive fixed/pay floating swap	Other noninterest income	2,995	46,201
		$159	$241

107

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

NOTE H – REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

Net interest income on financial assets and liabilities is excluded from the scope of  ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with

Customers ("ASC 606") thus a significant majority of our revenues are not subject to the referenced guidance.

Revenue streams that are within the scope of the guidance are presented within noninterest income and are, in general, recognized as

revenue at the same time the Company's obligation to the customer is satisfied. Most of the Company's customer contracts that are

within the scope of the guidance are cancelable by either party without penalty and are short-term in nature. These sources of

revenue include depositor and other consumer and business banking fees, commission income, as well as debit and credit card

interchange fees. For fiscal years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, in scope revenue streams represented

approximately 3.6% and 3.2% of our total revenues, respectively. As this standard is immaterial to our consolidated financial

statements, the Company has omitted certain disclosures in ASC 606, including the disaggregation of revenue table. Sources of

noninterest income within the scope of the guidance include the following:

Deposit related and other service charges (recognized in Deposit Fee Income): The Company's deposit accounts are governed by

standardized contracts customary in the industry. Revenues are earned at a point in time or over time (monthly) from account

maintenance fees and charges for specific transactions such as wire transfers, stop payment orders, overdrafts, debit card

replacements, check orders and cashiers' checks. The Company’s performance obligation related to each of these fees is generally

satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, at the time the service is provided (point in time or monthly). The Company is

principal in each of these contracts.

Debit and credit card interchange fees (recognized in Deposit Fee Income): The Company receives interchange fees from the debit

card and credit card payment networks based on transactions involving debit or credit cards issued by the Company, generally

measured as a percentage of the underlying transaction. Interchange fees from debit and credit card transactions are recognized as

the transaction processing services are provided by the network. The Company acts as an agent in the card payment network

arrangement so the interchange fees are recorded net of any expenses paid to the principal (the card payment networks in this case).

Insurance agency commissions (recognized in Other Income): WAFD Insurance Group, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the

Bank that operates as an insurance agency, selling and marketing property and casualty insurance policies for a small number of

high-quality insurance carriers. WAFD Insurance Group, Inc. earns revenue in the form of commissions paid by the insurance

carriers for policies that have been sold. In addition to the origination commission, WAFD Insurance Group, Inc. may also receive

contingent incentive fees based on the volume of business generated for the insurance carrier and based on policy renewal rates.

108

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

NOTE I - INTEREST RECEIVABLE

The following table provides a summary of interest receivable by interest-earning asset type.

	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024
	(In thousands)
Loans receivable	$85,444	$92,362
Mortgage-backed securities	9,747	4,882
Investment securities	3,398	5,583
	$98,589	$102,827

NOTE J - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

The following table provides a summary of premises and equipment by asset type.

		September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024
	Estimated<br><br>Useful Life<br><br>in Years	(In thousands)
Land	—	$89,450	$88,055
Buildings	10 - 40	210,017	203,567
Leasehold improvements	5 - 15	33,473	31,729
Furniture, software and equipment	2 - 10	111,497	99,033
		444,437	422,384
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(183,166)	(174,483)
		$261,271	$247,901

NOTE K - CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

The following tables provide the composition of the Company's customer accounts, including time deposits.

			September 30, 2024
	As a % of<br><br>Total Deposits	Weighted<br><br>Average Rate	Deposit Account<br><br>Balance	As a % of<br><br>Total Deposits	Weighted<br><br>Average Rate
( in thousands)
Non-interest checking	12.0%	—%	$2,500,467	11.7%	—%
Interest checking	22.7	2.55	4,486,444	21.0	2.89
Savings	3.3	0.22	718,560	3.4	0.23
Money market	19.4	2.14	4,111,714	19.2	2.22
Time deposits	42.6	3.74	9,556,785	44.7	4.58
Total	100%	2.60%	$21,373,970	100%	3.09%

All values are in US Dollars.

109

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

Time deposits by rate band are as follows:	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024
	(In thousands)
Less than 1.00%	$45,200	$82,935
1.00% to 1.99%	24,526	2,395
2.00% to 2.99%	226,537	3,340
3.00% to 3.99%	7,310,525	345,680
4.00% to 4.99%	1,523,726	8,244,791
5.00% and higher	590	877,644
	$9,131,104	$9,556,785
Time deposits by maturity band are as follows:	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024
	(In thousands)
Three months or less	$3,426,185	$2,923,299
Over 3 through 6 months	2,367,760	3,140,278
Over 6 through 12 months	2,933,212	2,543,201
Over 12 months	403,947	950,007
	$9,131,104	$9,556,785

Customer accounts with uninsured or uncollateralized deposits totaled $5,302,026,000 as of September 30, 2025, compared to

$5,134,192,000 as of September 30, 2024.

Interest expense on customer accounts consisted of the following:

Year ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
	(In thousands)
Checking accounts	$95,411	$99,917	$70,396
Savings accounts	3,367	3,952	1,715
Money market accounts	87,962	77,993	47,485
Time deposit accounts	419,197	351,654	119,255
	605,937	533,516	238,851
Less early withdrawal penalties	(1,230)	(1,082)	(1,618)
	$604,707	$532,434	$237,233
Weighted average interest rate at end of year	2.60%	3.09%	2.12%
Daily weighted average interest rate during the year	3.22%	3.26%	1.84%

NOTE L - BORROWINGS

The Company had total borrowings outstanding at September 30, 2025 with carrying values of $1,765,604,000 compared to

$3,267,589,000 at September 30, 2024. The borrowings consisted of FHLB advances and funds received from the FRB's Bank

Term Funding Program. The table below shows the contractual maturity dates of outstanding FHLB advances.

	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024
	(In thousands)
Within 1 year	$1,747,041	$2,099,353
1 to 3 years	—	93,354
3 to 5 years	18,563	167
	$1,765,604	$2,192,874

110

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

As of September 30, 2025, there are no advances that are callable by the FHLB.  Taking into account cash flow hedges, the

weighted average effective maturity of FHLB advances at September 30, 2025 is 2.19 years.

Financial information pertaining to the weighted-average cost and the amount of FHLB advances were as follows.

	2025	2023
	( in thousands)
Weighted average interest rate, including cash flow hedges, at end of year	2.35%	3.83%
Weighted daily average interest rate, including cash flow hedges, during the year	3.09%	3.42%
Daily average of FHLB advances during the year	2,260,209	$2,916,849
Maximum amount of FHLB advances at any month end	2,913,373	$3,425,000
Interest expense during the year (including swap interest income and expense)	69,912	$99,631

All values are in US Dollars.

The Bank has a credit line with the FHLB - DM equal to 45% of total assets depending on specific collateral eligibility. The

Bank has entered into borrowing agreements with the FHLB - DM to borrow funds under a short-term floating rate cash

management advance program and fixed-rate term loan agreements. All borrowings are secured by stock of the FHLB - DM,

deposits with the FHLB - DM, and a blanket pledge of qualifying loans receivable. The Bank also has a credit line with the

FHLB - SF in support of LBC borrowings from the FHLB - SF, but the Bank is unable to take down new advances against this

line. The FHLB - SF credit line is secured by a line-item pledge of mortgage backed securities.

The Bank had $1,074,714,000 of borrowings from the FRB's Bank Term Funding plan as of September 30, 2024 which

matured and were repaid during fiscal 2025. The Bank also participates in the FRB of San Francisco Borrower-in-Custody

program which collateralizes primary credit borrowings. Due to differing program requirements between the FHLB - DM and

FRB of San Francisco, participating in both increases the amount of eligible collateral that may be pledged in support of

contingent liquidity needs. The Bank is also eligible to borrow under the Federal Reserve Bank's primary credit program.

NOTE M - JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES

The Company acquired two wholly-owned trust companies (the "Trusts") in the Merger.  Formed by LBC, these Trusts issued

guaranteed preferred beneficial interests (the "Trust Securities") in the LBC’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures

(the "Notes"). The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of the Trusts and therefore, the Trusts are not

consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the junior subordinated debentures are shown as a liability. The

Company’s investment in the common securities of the Trusts, totaling $1.9 million, is included in other assets in the

consolidated statements of financial condition. The sole asset of the Trusts are the Notes that they hold.

The Trusts have invested the proceeds of such Trust Securities in the Notes. Each of the Notes has an interest rate equal to the

corresponding Trust Securities distribution rate. The Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the Notes at any

time or from time to time for a period not exceeding five years provided that no extension period may extend beyond the stated

maturity of the relevant Notes. During any such extension period, distributions on the Trust Securities will also be deferred, and

the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock will be restricted.

The Company assumed LBC's contractual arrangements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee payment

of: (i) accrued and unpaid distributions required to be paid on the Trust Securities; (ii) the redemption price with respect to any

Trust Securities called for redemption by the Trusts; and (iii) payments due upon a voluntary or involuntary dissolution,

winding up or liquidation of the Trusts. The Trust Securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the Notes, or upon

earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the Notes purchased by the Trusts, in

whole or in part, on or after the redemption date. As specified in the indenture, if the Notes are redeemed prior to maturity, the

redemption price will be the principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest.

111

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The following table is a summary of the outstanding Trust Securities and Notes at September 30, 2025.

	Issued Amount		Date<br><br>Issued	Maturity<br><br>Date	Rate Index
Issuer		Rate			(Quarterly Reset)
	( in thousands)
Luther Burbank<br><br>Statutory Trust I	41,238	5.68%	3/30/2006	6/15/2036	3 month CME Term SOFR + Tenor<br><br>Spread Adjustment (0.26%) + 1.38%
Luther Burbank<br><br>Statutory Trust II	20,619	5.92%	3/30/2007	6/15/2037	3 month CME Term SOFR + Tenor<br><br>Spread Adjustment (0.26%) + 1.62%
1Includes fair value adjustments made as a result of purchase accounting

All values are in US Dollars.

NOTE N - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments - The Company’s lease commitments consist primarily of real estate property for branches and office space

under various non-cancellable operating leases that expire between 2026 and 2070. The majority of the leases contain renewal

options and provisions for increases in rental rates based on a predetermined schedule or an agreed upon index. If, at lease

inception, the Company considers the exercising of a renewal option to be reasonably certain, the Company will include the

extended term in the calculation of the right-of-use asset and lease liability.

Operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets are recognized on the lease commencement date based on the present value of

the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. The future lease payments are discounted at a rate that represents the

Company's collateralized borrowing rate for financing instruments of a similar term and are included in Accrued expenses and

other liabilities. The related right-of-use asset is included in Other assets.

The table below presents the Company’s operating lease right-of-use asset and the related lease liability.

(In thousands)	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024
Operating lease asset	$48,038	$37,486
Operating lease liability	$52,179	$40,788

As of September 30, 2025, the Company’s operating leases have a weighted average remaining lease term of 9.1 years and a

weighted average discount rate of 3.94%. Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of the above operating lease

liability was $10,758,000 and $9,627,000 for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Right-of-

use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities during the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 and

2024 were $19,280,000 and $12,890,000.  Right-of-use assets obtained in the Merger for the twelve months ended September

30, 2024 were valued at $11,478,000.

The following table presents the components of net lease costs, a component of Occupancy expense. The Company elected not

to separate lease and non-lease components and instead account for them as a single lease component. Variable lease costs

include subsequent increases in index-based rents and variable payments such as common area maintenance.

(In thousands)	Twelve Months Ended<br><br>September 30,	Twelve Months Ended<br><br>September 30,
	2025	2024
Operating lease cost	$10,827	$8,521
Variable lease cost	2,068	2,504
Sublease income	(444)	(405)
Net lease cost	$12,451	$10,620

112

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The following table shows future minimum payments for operating leases as of September 30, 2025 for the respective periods.

(In thousands)	Year ending September 30,
2026	$10,983
2027	10,034
2028	8,223
2029	6,226
2030	5,202
Thereafter	22,435
Total minimum payments	63,103
Amounts representing interest	(10,924)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$52,179

Rental expense, including amounts paid under month-to-month cancelable leases, amounted to $12,894,000 and $11,025,000 in

2025, and 2024, respectively.

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk - Off-balance-sheet credit exposures for the Company unfunded loan

commitments and letters of credit from the FHLB - DM and the FHLB - SF.  As of September 30, 2025, the Bank was

obligated on FHLB letters of credit totaling $62,606,000 and unfunded loan commitments of $2,841,596,000. As of September

30, 2024 FHLB letter of credit obligations were $902,606,000 and unfunded loan commitments were $2,928,697,000. The

reserve for unfunded commitments was $21,500,000 as of September 30, 2025, which is unchanged from September 30, 2024.

See Note A "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for details regarding the reserve methodology.

Legal Proceedings - The Company and its subsidiaries are from time to time defendants in and are threatened with various legal

proceedings arising from regular business activities. Management, after consulting with legal counsel, is of the opinion that the

ultimate liability, if any, resulting from these pending or threatened actions and proceedings will not have a material effect on

the financial statements of the Company.

LIHTC Investments - The Company has LIHTC investments which are designed to promote qualified affordable housing

projects. These investments provide a return through the generation of income tax credits and other income tax benefits and

support the Company's regulatory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. The Company has evaluated its

involvement with the low-income housing projects and determined it does not have the ability to exercise significant influence

over or participate in the decision-making activities related to the management of the projects, and therefore, is not the primary

beneficiary, and does not consolidate these interests. LIHTC investments are accounted for using the proportional amortization

method.

Investments in affordable housing partnerships of $157,249,000 and $112,342,000 as of September 30, 2025 and  September

30, 2024, respectively, are recorded as a component of other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and

uses the proportional amortization method to account for the investments. The Company's unfunded contribution commitments

to these investments were $73,123,000 and $41,702,000 as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively, which

are recorded as a component of other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Both the tax benefits

and the amortization expense related to these investments are reflected in the provision for income taxes on the Consolidated

Statements of Operations.

113

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

NOTE O - INCOME TAXES

Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income

taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to

differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable to taxable income in the years in which those

temporary differences are expected to reverse.

The table below provides a summary of the Company's tax assets and liabilities, including deferred tax assets and deferred tax

liabilities by major source. Deferred tax balances represent temporary differences between the financial statement and

corresponding tax treatment of income, gains, losses, deductions or credits. With the completion of the Merger in 2024, the

deferred tax amounts now include a number of deferred tax items carried over from LBC, as well as new deferred tax items

created as a consequence of the purchase accounting process and post-merger asset sales.  In particular, deferred tax assets now

include significant new items for loan purchase discount and loss carryover.

	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024
	(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for credit losses	$52,275	$53,227
Non-accrual loan interest	4,752	3,124
Accrued bonus and deferred compensation	7,497	7,815
Stock based compensation	3,552	4,696
Lease liability	12,314	9,626
Loan purchase discount	42,273	48,064
Loss carryover	62,413	68,483
Other	1,289	2,219
Total deferred tax assets	186,365	197,254
Deferred tax liabilities
FHLB stock dividends	5,932	6,171
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities and cash flow hedges	14,097	13,758
Loan origination fees and costs	11,475	11,777
Premises and equipment	16,637	16,390
Lease right-of-use assets	11,337	9,304
Equity investments	3,444	3,700
Acquired intangibles	11,598	12,824
Other	184	184
Total deferred tax liabilities	74,704	74,108
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	111,661	123,146
Current tax asset (liability)	1,123	(3,898)
Net tax asset (liability)	$112,784	$119,248

At the end of the fiscal year, the Company had about $264 million of ordinary tax loss to be carried to future years.  The loss

carryover amount is primarily attributable to the tax loss realized from the portfolio loan sale following the Luther Burbank

merger.  Because of the annual loss limitation rules under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, it will take another 15

years (or until the end of fiscal 2040) for the Company to utilize all that loss carryover against its future taxable income.

However, there is no applicable time limit in this case, and therefore Company does not anticipate any expiration of the loss

carryover amount.

114

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

In its deferred tax assets at the end of the fiscal year, the Company also has about $0.6 million of remaining Oregon tax credits

that the Company previously purchased as part of its community investments to support Oregon farmworkers housing.  That

remaining Oregon tax credit will be fully utilized under an installment schedule by the end of the next fiscal year.

The table below presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate.

Year ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
Statutory income tax rate	21.0%	21.0%	21.0%
State income tax	2.3	2.3	1.7
Tax-exempt interest income	(1.7)	(2.1)	(1.2)
Interest expense disallowance	0.9	1.2	0.5
Low-income housing investments	(1.1)	(1.1)	(1.3)
Other differences	0.6	0.6	0.1
Effective income tax rate	22.0%	21.9%	20.8%

The following table summarizes the Company's income tax expense (benefit) for the respective periods.

Year ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
	(In thousands)
Federal:
Current	$45,850	$54,817	$58,667
Deferred	11,115	(4,767)	3,334
	56,965	50,050	62,001
State:
Current	6,578	7,837	4,425
Deferred	31	(1,872)	1,224
	6,609	5,965	5,649
Total
Current	52,428	62,654	63,092
Deferred	11,146	(6,639)	4,558
	$63,574	$56,015	$67,650

The Company does not have a liability for uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2025 or September 30, 2024.

The Company's federal income tax returns are open and subject to potential examination by the IRS for fiscal years 2022 and

later. State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of three to five years after filing. The state

impact of any federal changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period of up to two years after formal

notification to the states.

As described above in Note N, the Company has LIHTC investments which are designed to promote qualified affordable

housing projects. We account for our portfolio of LHITC investments under the proportional amortization method of ASU

2023-2.  The tax benefits from pass-through tax credits and losses from our LIHTC investments are included in our estimate of

income tax liability for the year, and therefore reflected in the Income Tax Expense line of the income statement.  The

amortization expense of the LIHTC investments is a component of our income tax expense and therefore also reflected in the

Income Tax Expense line.

115

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The table below shows the total amounts of tax benefits and the amortization amounts from our LIHTC portfolio that are

recognized in our income tax expense for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.

	2025	2024
	(In thousands)
LIHTC tax benefits as of September 30,	$19,135	$19,156
LIHTC amortization expense for the year ended September 30,	16,093	16,434

NOTE P - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

401(k) Plan - The Company maintains a 401(k) Plan (the "Plan") for the benefit of its employees. Company contributions are

made annually as approved by the Board of Directors. Such amounts are not in excess of amounts permitted by the Employee

Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

Plan participants may make voluntary after-tax contributions of their considered earnings as defined by the Plan. In addition,

participants may make pre-tax contributions up to the statutory limits through the 401(k) provisions of the Plan. The annual

addition from contributions to an individual participant's account in this Plan cannot exceed the lesser of 100% of base salary or

$70,000.

New employees become eligible to participate in the Plan and make employee contributions on the first day of the calendar

month following the completion of 30 days of employment. Such eligible employees do not become eligible for profit sharing

or matching contributions until the first day of the quarter (January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1) following completion of 1

year of service. A “year of service” is defined as a 12-month period in which the eligible employee works at least 1,000 hours

of service and the first eligibility service period starts on the first day of employment.

The Plan provides for a guaranteed safe harbor matching contribution equal to 100% of the first 4% of compensation that

employees contribute to their account and this amount is immediately vested. The safe harbor match is not subject to the six-

year vesting schedule of the profit sharing contribution. This provides plan participants more investment flexibility.

Additionally, the Company anticipates that all eligible employees, regardless of personal plan participation, will continue to

receive an annual discretionary profit-sharing contribution from the Company.

Company contributions to the Plan amounted to $8,900,000, $8,185,000 and $8,648,000 for the years ended 2025, 2024 and

2023, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan - Upon approval by our shareholders, the Company implemented a Non-Qualified Employee

Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") in 2023 in which substantially all employees of the Company are eligible to participate.  The

ESPP provides participants the opportunity to purchase common stock of the Company at 95% of the closing stock price on the

last day of the purchase period. Purchase periods are three-month periods that are set as January 1 through March 31, April 1

through June 30, July 1 through September 30, and October 1 through December 31 of each year. A total of 500,000 shares

were made available for issuance under the ESPP. Participants of the ESPP purchased 28,394 shares for $841,839 during 2025.

At September 30, 2025 there were 428,797 shares remaining for purchase under the ESPP.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan - Also approved by our shareholders, the Company implemented a Supplemental

Executive Retirement Plan ("SERP") during 2023. This deferred compensation plan provides retirement benefits to certain

highly compensated executives.  The SERP credits, if vested, will be distributed in the form of WaFd, Inc. common stock, in

ten (10) substantially equal annual installments, following retirement of the executive officer. $11,700,000 in common stock

units, and related dividend equivalents, were authorized with each unit having a value equal to one share of WaFd, Inc.

common stock.  These units will vest based on the age of each participant as follows:

116

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

Attained Age	Vested Percentage
Before 62	—%
62	80%
63	90%
64	100%

During fiscal 2025, 13,450 units were credited to participant accounts as a result of dividends paid.  As a result, there were a

total of 402,418 share units with a weighted average grant date fair value of $31.55 held within SERP accounts at September

30, 2025.  SERP related expense recognized during the year was $1,151,000. There were no shares paid during 2025 and there

were no participants vested.

NOTE Q - STOCK AWARD PLANS

The Company's stock-based compensation plan provides for grants of stock options and restricted stock. On February 11, 2025,

the shareholders approved the 2025 Stock Incentive Plan. Upon approval of the 2025 Stock Incentive Plan, the 2020 Incentive

Plan terminated with respect to future awards, and the remaining shares that were not awarded under the 2020 Incentive Plan as

of that date were canceled. A total of 3,250,000 shares were made available for grant under the 2025 Incentive Plan and

2,631,367 shares remain available for issuance as of September 30, 2025. All of the Company’s equity compensation plans

have been approved by the Company’s shareholders.

When applicable, stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company's stock at the date

of grant; those option awards generally vest based on three to five years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual

terms. The Company's policy is to issue new shares upon option exercises. The fair value of stock options granted is estimated

on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Additionally, there may be other factors that would

otherwise have a significant effect on the value of employee stock options granted but are not considered by the model.

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company's stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S.

Treasury yield curve that is in effect at the time of grant with a remaining term equal to the options' expected life. The expected

term represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.

Stock Option Awards:

There were 374,029 stock options granted under the 2025 Stock Incentive Plan during 2025, compared to no options granted in

2024 and 779,740 options granted in 2023 under the previous plan.

A summary of stock option activity and changes during the year are as follows.

Options	Number of Securities<br><br>to be Issued Upon<br><br>Exercise of	Weighted<br><br>Average<br><br>Exercise<br><br>Price	Weighted Average<br><br>Remaining<br><br>Contractual<br><br>Term (Years)	Aggregate<br><br>Intrinsic<br><br>Value<br><br>(In thousands)
Outstanding at September 30, 2023	1,707,825	$29.32	8	$—
Granted	—	—
Exercised	(196,086)	26.45
Forfeited	(157,114)	30.07
Outstanding at September 30, 2024	1,354,625	29.65	7	7,040
Granted	374,029	29.59
Exercised	(136,896)	28.80
Forfeited	(223,551)	30.08
Outstanding at September 30, 2025	1,368,207	$29.65	8	$873
Exercisable at September 30, 2025	541,770	$30.87	5	$—

117

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The table below presents other information regarding stock options.

Year ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
	(In thousands, except grant date fair value per stock option)
Compensation cost for stock options	$1,147	$1,571	$1,875
Weighted average grant date fair value per stock option	6.69	6.14	5.91
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	718	1,228	214
Grant date fair value of options exercised	648	690	198
Cash received from option exercises	3,943	5,187	1,089

The following is a summary of activity related to unvested stock options.

Year ended September 30,	2025		2024		2023
Unvested Stock Options	Options<br><br>Outstanding	Weighted<br><br>Average<br><br>Grant Date<br><br>Fair Value	Options<br><br>Outstanding	Weighted<br><br>Average<br><br>Grant Date<br><br>Fair Value	Options<br><br>Outstanding	Weighted<br><br>Average<br><br>Grant Date<br><br>Fair Value
Outstanding at beginning of<br><br>period	843,251	$5.50	1,390,422	$5.93	981,410	$5.07
Granted	374,029	8.20	—	—	779,740	7.11
Vested	(227,947)	7.19	(412,160)	3.20	(217,695)	6.13
Forfeited	(161,492)	5.27	(135,011)	6.07	(153,033)	5.38
Outstanding at end of period	827,841	$7.53	843,251	$5.50	1,390,422	$5.93

As of September 30, 2025, there was $2,799,268 of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options.

Restricted Stock Awards:

The Company grants shares of restricted stock pursuant to its incentive plans. The restricted stock grants are subject to a service

condition and vest over a period of one to seven years.

Certain grants of restricted stock to executive officers are also subject to additional market and performance conditions based

upon meeting certain total shareholder return targets pre-established by the Board. The Company had a total of 538,911 shares

of restricted stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025, with a total grant date fair value of $13,709,896.

The following table summarizes information about unvested restricted stock activity.

Year ended September 30,	2025		2024		2023
Non-vested Restricted Stock	Outstanding	Weighted<br><br>Average<br><br>Fair Value	Outstanding	Weighted<br><br>Average<br><br>Fair Value	Outstanding	Weighted<br><br>Average<br><br>Fair Value
Outstanding at beginning of period	568,987	$24.28	495,782	$24.40	489,777	$21.64
Granted	282,018	25.41	366,616	28.84	247,966	26.48
Vested	(265,356)	23.71	(250,001)	30.87	(119,956)	29.87
Forfeited	(46,738)	20.92	(43,410)	26.22	(122,005)	12.16
Outstanding at end of period	538,911	$25.44	568,987	$24.28	495,782	$24.40

Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards was $5,061,000, $5,695,000, and $4,512,000 for the years ended 2025,

2024 and 2023, respectively.

118

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

NOTE R - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements. Quantitative measures established by

regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the

following table) of Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total capital to risk weighted assets (as defined in the regulations) and Tier

1 capital to average assets (as defined in the regulations). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain

mandatory and possibly additional discretionary action by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the

Company's financial statements. The Company and the Bank are also subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends

that they may declare without prior regulatory approval.

On February 8, 2021, in connection with an underwritten public offering, the Company issued 300,000 shares of 4.875%

Noncumulative Perpetual Series A Preferred Stock. Net proceeds, after underwriting discounts and expenses, were $293,325,000.

The public offering consisted of the issuance and sale of 12,000,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a

share of the Series A Preferred Stock, at a public offering price of $25.00 per depositary share. Holders of the depositary shares

are entitled to all proportional rights and preferences of the Series A Preferred Stock (including, dividend, voting, redemption and

liquidation rights). The depositary shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "WAFDP." The

Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the Company, subject to all applicable regulatory approvals, on or after

April 15, 2026.

As of September 30, 2025, and 2024, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject,

and the Bank's regulators categorized it as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be

categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 risk-based, Total risk-based and

Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. The Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios as of these dates are also

presented. There are no conditions or events since that management believes have changed the Bank's categorization.

119

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

	Actual	Capital<br><br>Adequacy<br><br>Guidelines	Categorized as<br><br>Well Capitalized<br><br>Under Prompt<br><br>Corrective Action<br><br>Provisions
	Capital		Ratio	Ratio
September 30, 2025	( in thousands)
Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio:
The Company	2,202,901		4.50%	NA
The Bank	2,506,271		4.50	6.50%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio:
The Company	2,502,901		6.00	NA
The Bank	2,506,271		6.00	8.00
Total risk-based capital ratio:
The Company	2,770,166		8.00	NA
The Bank	2,721,890		8.00	10.00
Tier 1 leverage ratio:
The Company	2,502,901		4.00	NA
The Bank	2,506,271		4.00	5.00
September 30, 2024
Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio:
The Company	2,153,721		4.50%	NA
The Bank	2,463,266		4.50	6.50%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio:
The Company	2,453,721		6.00	NA
The Bank	2,463,266		6.00	8.00
Total risk-based capital ratio:
The Company	2,722,290		8.00	NA
The Bank	2,681,116		8.00	10.00
Tier 1 leverage ratio:
The Company	2,453,721		4.00	NA
The Bank	2,463,266		4.00	5.00

All values are in US Dollars.

At periodic intervals, the Federal Reserve, the WDFI and the FDIC examine the Company's and the Bank's financial statements as

part of their oversight. Based on their examinations, these regulators can direct that the Company's or Bank's financial statements

be adjusted in accordance with their findings.

The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory restrictions on paying dividends.

The Company has an ongoing common share repurchase program and 3,338,351 shares were repurchased during 2025 at a

weighted average price of $29.56. In 2024, 1,058,178 shares were repurchased at a weighted average price of $25.29. As of

September 30, 2025, management had authorization from the Board of Directors to repurchase up to 8,162,654 additional shares.

120

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

The following table sets forth information regarding earnings per common share calculations.

Year ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
Weighted average shares outstanding	80,184,395	74,244,323	65,192,510
Weighted average dilutive options	70,794	46,245	62,773
Weighted average diluted shares	80,255,189	74,290,568	65,255,283
Net income available to common shareholders (in thousands)	$211,443	$185,416	$242,801
Basic EPS	$2.64	$2.50	$3.72
Diluted EPS	2.63	2.50	3.72

NOTE S - FINANCIAL INFORMATION – WAFD, INC.

The following WaFd, Inc. (parent company only) financial information should be read in conjunction with the other notes to the

Consolidated Financial Statements.

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
	September 30, 2025	September 30, 2024
	(In thousands)
Assets
Cash	$35,447	$25,966
Other assets	13,588	18,024
Investment in statutory trust	1,857	1,857
Investment in WaFd Wealth, Inc.	2,836	—
Investment in WaFd Bank	3,042,944	3,009,845
Total assets	$3,096,672	$3,055,692
Liabilities
Dividend payable on preferred stock	$3,656	$3,656
Junior subordinated deferrable debentures	51,645	50,718
Other liabilities	1,796	1,018
Total liabilities	57,097	55,392
Shareholders’ equity
Total shareholders’ equity	3,039,575	3,000,300
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$3,096,672	$3,055,692

121

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

Condensed Statements of Operations
Twelve Months Ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
	(In thousands)
Income
Dividends from WaFd Bank	$200,000	$140,000	$56,490
Interest income	116	78	—
Total Income	200,116	140,078	56,490
Expense
Miscellaneous expense	7,256	11,341	2,214
Total expense	7,256	11,341	2,214
Net income (loss) before equity in undistributed net income (loss)<br><br>of subsidiary	192,860	128,737	54,276
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries	31,496	68,628	202,643
Income before income taxes	224,356	197,365	256,919
Income tax benefit (expense)	1,712	2,676	507
Net income	226,068	200,041	257,426
Dividends on preferred stock	14,625	14,625	14,625
Net income available to common shareholders	$211,443	$185,416	$242,801

122

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025, 2024, AND 2023

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Twelve Months Ended September 30,	2025	2024	2023
	(In thousands)
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net income	$226,068	$200,041	$257,426
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by<br><br>operating activities:
Undistributed earnings from investments in subsidiaries	(31,496)	(68,628)	(202,643)
Stock based compensation expense	8,521	9,181	7,914
Net changes in other assets and liabilities	2,801	2,531	1,365
Net cash provided by operating activities	205,894	143,125	64,062
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
Net cash received in business combinations	—	16,173	—
Equity method investments purchased	—	(3,000)	(12,500)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	—	13,173	(12,500)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options and related tax<br><br>benefit	3,942	5,187	1,089
Proceeds from the purchase of common stock through the Employee<br><br>Stock Purchase Program	842	992	177
Repayment of long term senior debt	—	(95,000)	—
Treasury stock purchased	(101,931)	(27,069)	(30,463)
Dividends on preferred stock	(14,625)	(14,625)	(14,625)
Dividends on common stock	(84,639)	(74,267)	(63,792)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(196,411)	(204,782)	(107,614)
Increase (decrease) in cash	9,483	(48,484)	(56,052)
Cash at beginning of year	25,966	74,450	130,502
Cash at end of year	$35,449	$25,966	$74,450

Item 9.                 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.              Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of September 30, 2025, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and participation of the

Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of

the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act.

Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s

disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered in this report, to ensure that information

required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,

summarized and reported within time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and were effective to ensure that such

information is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief

Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial

reporting.  The Company’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of

financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted

accounting practices in the United States of America.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of

September 30, 2025. In making the assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of

Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in the 2013 version of its Internal Control-Integrated

Framework.  Based on its assessment, the Company’s management believes that as of September 30, 2025, the Company’s

internal control over financial reporting was effective based on this criteria.

The Company’s independent auditors, Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, have

issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this annual report on Form

10-K.

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s most recent

fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the

Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and Board of Directors of WaFd, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of WaFd, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2025,

based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of

the Treadway Commission (COSO). Because management's assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements

of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management's assessment and our audit of the

Company's internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial

statements in accordance with the instructions for the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency Instructions for Call Reports for Balance

Sheet on schedule RC, Income Statement on schedule RI, and Changes in Company Equity Capital on schedule RI-A. In our opinion, the

Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2025, based on criteria

established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have not examined and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management's statement referring

to compliance with laws and regulations.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the

consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended September 30, 2025, of the Company and our report dated November 18,

2025, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the

effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over

Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our

audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in

accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and

the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to

obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our

audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,

testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other

procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of

financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting

principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance

of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide

reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally

accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations

of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of

unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of

any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in

conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Seattle, Washington

November 18, 2025

Item 9B.              Other Information

Rule 10b5-1 Plan and Non-Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangement Adoptions, Terminations, and Modifications

During the three months ended September 30, 2025, none of the Company’s directors or “officers” (as defined in Rule

16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading

arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408 of SEC Regulation S-K.

Item 9C.              Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10.              Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Company's definitive proxy statement for its Annual

Meeting of Shareholders to be held on February 3, 2026 (the "2025 Proxy Statement") under the following captions, and is

incorporated herein by reference.

•Proposal 1: Election of Directors

•Executive Officers

•Corporate Governance

•Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all senior financial officers, including its Chief Executive

Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The code of ethics is publicly available on the Company’s website under "Investor

Relations - Corporate Governance" at www.wafdbank.com. If the Company makes any substantive amendments to the code of

ethics or grants any waiver from a provision of the code, it will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on its website

or in a report on Form 8-K.

Insider Trading Policy

The Company has adopted insider trading policies and procedures governing the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions

of the Company’s securities by directors, officers and employees, or the Company itself, that are reasonably designed to

promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and any listing standards applicable to the Company. A

copy of the Company’s Trading Policy has been filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 11.              Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will be set forth in the 2025 Proxy Statement under the captions "Executive

Compensation” and “Corporate Governance – Compensation Committee Interlocks And Insider Participation" and is

incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.              Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

The information required by this item will be set forth in the 2025 Proxy Statement under the caption "Security

Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and is incorporated

herein by reference.

Additional information about stock options and other equity compensation plans is included in Note Q to the

Consolidated Financial Statements in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this report.

Item 13.              Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information required by this item will be set forth in the 2025 Proxy Statement under the captions “Corporate

Governance – The Board of Directors and its Committees” and "Corporate Governance - Related Party Transactions" and is

incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.              Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item will be set forth in the 2025 Proxy Statement under the caption "Principal

Accountant Fees and Services" and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15.              Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of this Report:

(1) The Consolidated Financial Statements and related documents set forth in "Item 8. Financial Statements and

Supplementary Data" are filed as part of this report.

(2) All other schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements required by Regulation S-X are omitted because

they are not applicable, not material or because the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements

and related notes in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.

(3) The following exhibits are required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

No.	Exhibit	Page/<br><br>Footnote
3.1	Third Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended	(1)
3.2	Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company	(1)
4.1	Description of Registrant's Securities	(2)
4.2	Deposit Agreement, dated February 8, 2021, by and among the Company, American Stock<br><br>Transfer & Trust Company LLC, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts<br><br>described therein	(3)
10.1	2020 Incentive Plan and Form of Award Agreements *	(4)
10.2	2011 Incentive Plan, as amended *	(5)
10.3	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2011 Incentive Plan *	(5)
10.4	Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Incentive Plan *	(5)
10.5	Form of Indemnification Agreement *	(6)
10.6	Form of Change in Control Agreement *	(7)
10.7	WaFd, Inc. Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan*	(1)
10.8	WaFd Bank Deferred Compensation Plan*	(8)
10.9	Amendment to WaFd Bank Deferred Compensation Plan *	(8)
10.10	Agreement for the Purchase and Sale of Loans between Washington Federal Bank and Bank of<br><br>America, National Association	(9)
10.11	Amendment No. 1 to Agreement for the Purchase and Sale of Loans between Washington<br><br>Federal Bank and Bank of America, National Association	(10)
10.12	Transition Agreement and General Release	(11)
10.13	WaFd, Inc. 2025 Stock Incentive Plan	(12)
10.14	Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the 2025 Stock Incentive Plan	(12)
10.15	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement under the 2025 Stock Incentive Plan	(12)
10.16	Form of Option Grant Agreement under the 2025 Stock Incentive Plan	(12)
19.1	Trading Policy	+
21	Subsidiaries of the Company - Reference is made to Item 1, “Business - Subsidiaries” for the<br><br>required information	+
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	+
31.1	Section 302 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer	+
31.2	Section 302 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer	+
32	Section 906 Certification pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	+
---	---	---
97.1	WaFd, Inc. Clawback Policy	+
101	Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 formatted in iXBRL	+
104	Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)	+

___________________

*	Management contract or compensation plan
+	Filed herewith
#	Furnished herewith

(1)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 17, 2023.

(2)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 19, 2021.

(3)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 8, 2021.

(4)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2020.

(5)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2016.

(6)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 24, 2016.

(7)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 19, 2015.

(8)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the SEC on  February 17, 2023.

(9)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the SEC on  May 17, 2024.

(10)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 2, 2024.

(11)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the SEC on  January 21, 2025.

(12)Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed with the SEC on  February 13, 2025.

Item 16.              Form 10-K Summary

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused

this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	WAFD, INC.
November 18, 2025	By:	/S/    BRENT J. BEARDALL
		Brent J. Beardall, Vice Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report is signed below by the following persons

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ Brent J. Beardall	November 18, 2025
Brent J. Beardall<br><br>Vice Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer<br><br>(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Kelli J. Holz	November 18, 2025
Kelli J. Holz<br><br>Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer<br><br>(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Blayne A. Sanden	November 18, 2025
Blayne A. Sanden<br><br>Senior Vice President and Principal Accounting Officer<br><br>(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ Stephen M. Graham	November 18, 2025
Stephen M. Graham, Chairman of the Board
/s/ R. Shawn Bice	November 18, 2025
R. Shawn Bice, Director
/s/ Linda S. Brower	November 18, 2025
Linda S. Brower, Director
/s/ David K. Grant	November 18, 2025
David K. Grant, Director
/s/ Sylvia R. Hampel	November 18, 2025
Sylvia R. Hampel, Director
/s/ Bradley M. Shuster	November 18, 2025
Bradley M. Shuster, Director
/s/ S. Steven Singh	November 18, 2025
S. Steven Singh, Director
/s/ Sean B. Singleton	November 18, 2025
Sean B. Singleton, Director
/s/ Randall H. Talbot	November 18, 2025
Randall H. Talbot, Director
/s/ M. Max Yzaguirre	November 18, 2025
M. Max Yzaguirre, Director

a2025_tradingxpolicy

Trading Policy May 12, 2025

---

CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Board Approved 5/12/2025 Contents Contents 1. Overview .......................................................................................................................................... 1 1.1 Purpose .............................................................................................................................. 1 1.2 Persons Subject to This Policy .............................................................................................. 1 1.3 Transactions Subject to This Policy ....................................................................................... 1 2. Administration of Policy .................................................................................................................... 2 3. Statement of Policy ........................................................................................................................... 3 3.1 Definition of Material Nonpublic Information ................................................................................ 4 3.2 Particular Transactions Subject to this Policy ................................................................................. 5 3.3 Special and Prohibited Transactions.............................................................................................. 6 3.4 Excluded transactions .................................................................................................................... 7 3.5 Post-Termination Transactions ....................................................................................................... 8 3.6 Consequences of Violations ........................................................................................................... 8 4. Additional Procedures and Requirements for Covered Persons ........................................................... 9 4.1 Open Trading Window .................................................................................................................. 9 4.2 Pre-Clearance ................................................................................................................................ 9 5. Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons ............................................................................... 10 5.1 Section 16 Insider Reports ........................................................................................................... 10 5.2 Form 144 Reports ........................................................................................................................ 11 6. Company Assistance ....................................................................................................................... 11 7. Amendments .................................................................................................................................. 11 Trading Policy

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/25 Objectives CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 1 1. Overview 1.1 Purpose The purpose of this Trading Policy (the “Policy”) is to provide guidelines with respect to transactions in the securities of WaFd, Inc. (the “Company”) and the handling of confidential information about the Company and the companies with which the Company does business. The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted this Policy to promote compliance with federal, state and foreign securities laws that prohibit certain persons who are aware of material nonpublic information about a company from: (i) trading in securities of that company; or (ii) providing material nonpublic information to other persons who may trade on the basis of that information. This Policy supersedes any previous policy of the Company concerning insider trading. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Policy and any other materials previously distributed by the Company, this Policy shall govern. Failure to adhere to this Policy or any procedures issued pursuant hereto can result in disciplinary action or termination of employment. Questions regarding this Policy should be directed to the Legal Department of the Company. 1.2 Persons Subject to This Policy This Policy applies to all officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, all members of the Company’s Board of Directors and all employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company may also determine that other persons should be subject to this Policy, such as contractors or consultants who have access to material nonpublic information. This Policy also applies to family members, other members of a person’s household and entities controlled by a person covered by this Policy, as described below. 1.3 Transactions Subject to This Policy This Policy applies to transactions in the Company’s securities (collectively referred to in this Policy as “Company Securities”), including the Company’s common stock, options to purchase common stock, depositary shares, or any other type of securities that the Company may issue, including (but not limited to) preferred stock, convertible debentures and warrants, as well as derivative securities that are not issued by the Company, such as exchange-traded put or call options or swaps relating to the Company’s Securities.

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/2025 Responsibilities and Authorizations CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 2 2. Administration of Policy The Company’s General Counsel shall serve as the Compliance Officer for the purposes of this Policy, and in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer or another employee designated by the Compliance Officer shall be responsible for administration of this Policy. This Policy shall be reviewed and approved annually by the Board of Directors. In addition, these procedures shall be communicated to the Company’s directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries periodically.

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/2025 Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 3 3. Statement of Policy It is the policy of the Company that no director, officer or employee of the Company (or any other person designated by this Policy or by the Compliance Officer to be subject to this Policy) who is aware of material nonpublic information about the Company may, directly or indirectly (through family members or other persons or entities): A. Engage in any transactions in Company Securities, except as otherwise specified in this Policy under the headings “Excluded Transactions,” and “Rule 10b5-1 Plans;” B. Recommend to any person the purchase or sale of any Company Securities; C. Disclose material nonpublic information to persons within the Company whose jobs do not require them to have that information; D. Disclose material nonpublic information outside of the Company to other persons, including, but not limited to, family, friends, business associates, investors and expert consulting firms, unless any such disclosure is made in accordance with the Company’s policies regarding the protection or authorized external disclosure of information regarding the Company; or E. Assist anyone engaged in the above activities. In addition, it is the policy of the Company that no director, officer or employee of the Company (or any other person designated as subject to this Policy) who, in the course of working for the Company, learns of material nonpublic information about a company with which the Company does business, may engage in transactions in that company’s securities until the information becomes public or is no longer material. This includes any customer or supplier to the Company, or any person or entity that has a lending or other business relationship with the Company. “Transactions” in securities includes buying, selling, exchanging (with or without consideration), lending, or pledging a security. Bona fide gifts or donations of securities are not generally transactions subject to this Policy, unless the person making the gift has reason to believe that the recipient intends to sell the Company Securities while the person making the gift is aware of material nonpublic information. There are no exceptions to this Policy, except as specifically noted herein. Transactions that may be necessary or justifiable for independent reasons (such as the need to raise money for an emergency expenditure), or small transactions, are not excepted from this Policy. The securities laws do not recognize any mitigating circumstances, and, in any event, even the appearance of an improper transaction must be avoided to preserve the Company’s reputation for adhering to the highest standards of conduct.

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/2025 Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 4 3.1 Definition of Material Nonpublic Information Information is considered “material” if a reasonable investor would consider that information important in making a decision to buy, hold or sell securities. Any information that could be expected to affect a company’s stock price, whether it is positive or negative, should be considered material. There is no bright-line standard for assessing materiality; rather, materiality is based on an assessment of all of the facts and circumstances, and is often evaluated by enforcement authorities with the benefit of hindsight. While it is not possible to define all categories of material information, some examples of information that ordinarily would be regarded as material are: • financial results, financial condition, projections or forecasts; • changes to previously announced earnings guidance, or the decision to suspend earnings guidance; • information about significant transactions, including proposed mergers, acquisitions, investment or divestitures; • dividend information, information about a change in dividend policy, the declaration of a stock split; • new equity or debt offerings; • Information about a cybersecurity breach or any other significant disruption in the company’s operations; • significant related party transactions; • positive or negative developments in outstanding litigation or regulatory matters; or • changes in senior management or the Board of Directors. Information that has not been disclosed to the public is generally considered to be “nonpublic information”. In order to establish that the information has been disclosed to the public, it may be necessary to demonstrate that the information has been widely disseminated. Information generally would be considered widely disseminated if it has been disclosed through the Dow Jones “broad tape,” newswire services, a broadcast on widely-available radio or television programs, publication in a widely- available newspaper, magazine or news website, or contained in public disclosure documents filed with the SEC that are available on the SEC’s website. By contrast, information would likely not be considered widely disseminated if it is available only to the Company’s employees, or if it is only available to a select group of analysts, brokers and institutional investors. When in doubt, assume that Company information is material and nonpublic. Once information is widely disseminated, it is still necessary to provide the investing public with sufficient time to absorb the information. As a general rule, information should not be considered fully

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/2025 Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 5 absorbed by the marketplace until after the first business day after the day on which the information is released. If, for example, the Company were to make an announcement on a Monday, a person subject to this Policy should not trade in Company Securities until Wednesday. Depending on the particular circumstances, the Company may determine that a longer or shorter period should apply to the release of specific material nonpublic information. If there are any questions as to whether information should be considered “material” or “nonpublic,” please consult with the Company’s Compliance Officer or their delegate. 3.2 Particular Transactions Subject to this Policy. For the avoidance of doubt, this Policy applies to: • Transactions by Family Members. This Policy applies to your family members who reside with you (including a spouse, a child, a child away at college, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, siblings and in-laws), anyone else who lives in your household, and any family members who do not live in the household but whose transactions in Company Securities are directed by you or subject to your influence or control, such as parents or children who consult with you before they trade in Company Securities (collectively referred to as “Family Members”). All persons subject to this Policy are responsible for the transactions of your Family Members, and therefore you should make them aware of the need to confer with you before they trade in Company Securities. For purposes of this Policy and applicable securities laws, you should treat all transactions in Company Securities by your Family Members as if the transactions were for your own account. • Transactions by Entities you Influence or Control. Transactions by any entities you influence or control, including any corporations, partnerships or trusts (collectively referred to as “Controlled Entities”), and transactions by these Controlled Entities should be treated for the purposes of this Policy and applicable securities laws as if they were for your own account. • Certain Stock Option Exercises. This Policy applies to any broker assisted cashless exercise of a stock option (as this entails selling a portion of the underlying stock to cover the costs of exercise), or any other sale of Company Securities for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option. • Certain Elections under the Company’s 401(k) Plan. This Policy applies to elections you may make under the Company’s 401(k) plan, including (a) initial elections to the Company Common Stock Fund; (b) elections to increase or decrease the percentage of your periodic contributions that will be allocated to the Company Common Stock Fund; (c) an election to make an intra-plan transfer of an existing account balance into or out of a Company Common Stock Fund; (d) an election to borrow money against your 401(k) plan account if the loan will result in a liquidation of some or all of your Company Common Stock Fund balance; and (e)

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/2025 Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 6 an election to pre‑pay a plan loan if the pre-payment will result in allocation of loan proceeds to the Company Common Stock Fund. • Certain Elections under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan. This Policy applies to your election to participate in the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) for any enrollment period, and to any sales of Company Securities purchased pursuant to the ESPP. • Certain transactions under the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. This Policy applies to voluntary purchases of Company Securities resulting from additional contributions you choose to make to the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP), your election to participate in the DRIP, your election to increase your level of participation in the DRIP, and to any sale of any Company Securities purchased pursuant to the DRIP. 3.3 Special and Prohibited Transactions Investing in Company Securities provides an opportunity to share in the future growth of the Company. Investment in the Company and sharing in the growth of the Company, however, does not include, or justify, short-range speculation based on fluctuations in the market. Such activities may put the personal gain of persons subject to this Policy in conflict with the best interests of the Company. It therefore is the Company’s policy that any persons covered by this Policy may not engage in any of the following transactions, or should otherwise consider the Company’s preferences as described below: • Short Sales. Short sales of Company Securities (i.e., the sale of a security that the seller does not own) may evidence an expectation on the part of the seller that the securities will decline in value, and therefore have the potential to signal to the market that the seller lacks confidence in the Company’s prospects. In addition, short sales may reduce a seller’s incentive to seek to improve the Company’s performance. For these reasons, short sales of Company Securities are prohibited. In addition, Section 16(c) of the Exchange Act prohibits officers and directors from engaging in short sales. • Derivative securities or hedging transactions. Given the relatively short term of publicly- traded options, transactions in options may create the appearance that a director, officer or employee is trading based on material nonpublic information and focus a director’s, officer’s or other employee’s attention on short-term performance at the expense of the Company’s long-term objectives. Accordingly, trading in publicly-traded options, such as puts and calls, and other derivative securities with respect to Company Securities (other than stock options and other compensatory equity awards issued to you by the Company) is prohibited. This includes any hedging or similar transaction designed to decrease the risks associated with holding Company Securities. • Hedging Transactions. Hedging or monetization transactions can be accomplished through a

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/2025 Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 7 number of possible mechanisms, including through the use of financial instruments such as prepaid variable forwards, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds. Such transactions may permit a director, officer or employee to continue to own Company Securities obtained through employee benefit plans or otherwise, but without the full risks and rewards of ownership. When that occurs, the director, officer or employee may no longer have the same objectives as the Company’s other shareholders. Therefore, directors, officers and employees are prohibited from engaging in any such transactions. • Margin Accounts and Pledged Securities. Securities held in a margin account as collateral for a margin loan may be sold by the broker without the customer’s consent if the customer fails to meet a margin call. Similarly, securities pledged (or hypothecated) as collateral for a loan may be sold in foreclosure if the borrower defaults on the loan. Because a margin sale or foreclosure sale may occur at a time when the pledgor is aware of material nonpublic information or otherwise is not permitted to trade in Company Securities, directors, officers and other employees are prohibited from holding Company Securities in a margin account or otherwise pledging Company Securities as collateral for a loan, other than pursuant to an approved a 10b5-1 trading plan that removes any discretion from the person subject to this Policy over trading in Company Securities. • Standing and Limit Orders. Standing and limit orders (except standing and limit orders under approved Rule 10b5-1 Plans, as described below) create heightened risks for insider trading violations similar to the use of margin accounts. There is no control over the timing of purchases or sales that result from standing instructions to a broker, and as a result the broker could execute a transaction when a director, officer or other employee is in possession of material nonpublic information. The Company therefore discourages placing standing or limit orders on Company Securities. If a person subject to this Policy determines that they must use a standing order or limit order, the order should be limited to short duration and should otherwise comply with the restrictions and procedures outlined below under the heading “Additional Procedures and Requirements for Covered Persons.” 3.4 Excluded transactions. There are limited exceptions to this Policy, which are described below. This Policy does not prohibit: • The acceptance or purchase of stock options, restricted stock or the like issued or offered by the Company pursuant to Company incentive plans, or the vesting, cancellation, or forfeiture of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock appreciation rights, or the acquisition or repurchase of shares pursuant to option exercises under Company incentive plans. • The exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which a person has elected to have the Company withhold shares subject to an option to satisfy tax withholding requirements, or withhold shares of stock to satisfy tax withholding requirements upon the vesting of any

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/2025 Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 8 restricted stock. (Note however that as provided above, this Policy does apply to broker- assisted cashless exercises, or any market sale for the purpose of generating the cash necessary to pay the exercise price of an option or to satisfy tax withholding obligations). • Transactions in Company Securities occurring solely as a result of an employee’s or the Company’s periodic contribution of money to the Company’s 401(k) plan pursuant to a payroll deduction election. • Purchases of Company Securities under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan resulting from your periodic contribution of money to the plan pursuant to the election made at the time of enrollment in the plan. • Purchases of Company Securities under the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan resulting from the automatic reinvestment of dividends paid on Company Securities. 3.5 Post-Termination Transactions This Policy continues to apply to transactions in Company Securities even after your retirement or other termination of service to the Company. If an individual is in possession of material nonpublic information when his or her service terminates, that individual may not trade in Company Securities until that information has become public or is no longer material. 3.6 Consequences of Violations The purchase or sale of securities while aware of material nonpublic information, or the disclosure of material nonpublic information to others who then trade in the Company’s Securities, is prohibited by the federal and state laws. Insider trading violations are pursued vigorously by the SEC, U.S. Attorneys and state enforcement authorities as well as the laws of foreign jurisdictions. Punishment for insider trading violations is severe, and could include significant fines and imprisonment. While the regulatory authorities generally concentrate their efforts on the individuals who trade, or who tip inside information to others who trade, the federal securities laws also impose potential liability on companies and other “controlling persons” if they fail to take reasonable steps to prevent insider trading by company personnel. In addition, an individual’s failure to comply with this Policy may subject the individual to Company- imposed sanctions, including dismissal for cause, whether or not the employee’s failure to comply results in a violation of law. Needless to say, a violation of law, or even an SEC investigation that does not result in prosecution, can tarnish a person’s reputation and irreparably damage a career.

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/2025 Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 9 4. Additional Procedures and Requirements for Covered Persons The Company has established additional procedures in order to assist the Company in the administration of this Policy, to facilitate compliance with laws prohibiting insider trading while in possession of material nonpublic information, and to avoid the appearance of any impropriety. These additional procedures are applicable to (i) members of our Board of Directors, (ii) our executive officers (but not executive directors), (iii) our “Section 16” officers, and (iv) each other person identified by the Company’s Compliance Officer as a Covered Person (each such person, a “Covered Person”). 4.1 Open Trading Window In addition to being subject to all of the other terms of this Policy, and even if a person is not in possession of any material nonpublic information, a Covered Person and their Family Members may only buy or sell Company Securities during an open trading window. The Company’s trading window will typically open at the start of the first full trading day after the public release of the Company’s quarterly earnings and end ten (10) calendar days prior to the end of the next fiscal quarter. From time to time, the Company may also inform Covered Persons and their Family Members that they must suspend buying or selling Company Securities – even during an open trading window -- because of developments known to the Company and not yet disclosed to the public. In such event, Covered Persons and their Family Members are prohibited from buying or selling Company Securities during such period and should not disclose to others the fact of such suspension of trading. 4.2 Pre-Clearance At least 48 hours before transacting in Company Securities, including any exercise of stock options, a Covered Person must obtain prior clearance from the Company’s Compliance Officer, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or both the Company’s (i) SVP, General Counsel and (ii) the SVP, Chief People Officer or his or her designee. Prior clearance is required for all trading, including transfers between the Company’s Common Stock Fund and other investment options in the Company’s 401(k) plans. Pre- clearance of a transaction is valid only for a 48-hour period. If the transaction order is not placed within that 48-hour period, pre-clearance of the transaction must be re-requested. If pre-clearance is denied, the fact of such denial must be kept confidential by the person requesting such clearance. 4.3 Rule 10b5-1 Plans The SEC has enacted rules that provide an affirmative defense against alleged violations of U.S. federal

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/2025 Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 10 insider trading laws for transactions made pursuant to trading plans that meet certain requirements, commonly referred to as “10b5-1 trading plans.” In order to be eligible to rely on this defense, a person subject to this Policy must enter into a 10b5-1 trading plan when such person is not in possession of material nonpublic information, must meet the requirements set forth in Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Rule 10b5-1”), and must meet any requirements for such 10b5-1 trading plans or guidelines established by the Company, including pre-approval by the Compliance Officer. Transactions made pursuant to a 10b5-1 trading plan are not subject to the restrictions in this Policy, even if a person subject to this Policy is aware of material nonpublic information at the time of the transaction or a blackout period is in effect. Any Rule 10b5-1 Plan must be submitted for approval no less than ten days prior to the entry into the Rule 10b5-1 Plan. No further pre-approval of transactions conducted pursuant to the Rule 10b5-1 Plan will be required. 5. Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons 5.1 Section 16 Insider Reports Section 16 of the Act regulates transactions in Company Securities by Covered Persons. Section 16 requires Covered Persons to publicly report their direct and indirect ownership of Company Securities, to report transactions in Company Securities, and to disgorge to the Company any “short-swing” profits which result from the purchase and sale of certain Company Securities within a six-month period. Each Covered Person must file with the SEC a Section 16 report on Form 3 within 10 calendar days (or shorter period if prescribed by regulations) of becoming a Covered Person. In addition, a Covered Person must also file with the SEC a Form 4 within two business days (or shorter period if prescribed by the regulations) after any change in their or their Family Members’ holdings of Company Securities that are not otherwise exempt from reporting. Under Section 16, and so long as certain other criteria are met, neither the receipt or exercise of an option nor the receipt of restricted stock under the Company’s incentive plan is deemed a “purchase” under Section 16, but each must be reported under Section 16. The sale of any such shares is deemed a “sale” under Section 16 and may be matched against any non-exempt acquisition within six-months of the sale. There are very limited exemptions with respect to reporting transactions in Company Securities under Section 16, therefore a Covered Person should assume any transaction in Company Securities must be reported on a Form 4 within two business days unless otherwise informed by the Legal Department. The Company will assist Covered Persons in filing the required reports; however, reporting persons retain responsibility for the accuracy of the reports and their filing within the required timeframes.

---

Trading Policy Board Approved 5/12/2025 Reporting Rules Applicable to Covered Persons CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 11 5.2 Form 144 Reports Covered Persons are required to file a Form 144 before making an open market sale of Company Securities when the sale involves more than 5,000 shares or the aggregate dollar amount is greater than $50,000 in any three-month period. Form 144 notifies the SEC of your intent to sell Company securities. The form is generally prepared and filed by your broker and is in addition to the Section 16 reports filed on your behalf by the Company. 6. Company Assistance Any person who has a question about this Policy or its application to any proposed transaction may obtain additional guidance from the Company’s Legal Department. 7. Amendments The Company is committed to continuously reviewing and updating its policies, and therefore reserves the right to amend this Policy at any time, for any reason, subject to applicable law.

---

Document

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements Nos. 333-271135, 333-268395, 333-251235, and 333-185154 on Form S-8, Registration Statements Nos. 333-268964 and 333-252519 on Form S-3 and Registration Statement No. 333-270159 on Form S-4 of our reports dated November 18, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements of WaFd, Inc., and the effectiveness of WaFd, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of WaFd, Inc. for the year ended September 30, 2025.

Seattle, Washington

November 18, 2025

Document

Exhibit 31.1

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CERTIFICATION

I, Brent J. Beardall, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of WaFd, Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

5.The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	November 18, 2025	/s/ Brent J. Beardall
		BRENT J. BEARDALL<br>President and Chief Executive Officer

Document

Exhibit 31.2

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CERTIFICATION

I, Kelli J. Holz, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of WaFd, Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

5.The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	November 18, 2025	/s/ Kelli J. Holz
		KELLI J. HOLZ
		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Document

Exhibit 32

WAFD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of WaFd, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended September 30, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the undersigned's best knowledge and belief:

(a) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: November 18, 2025

WaFd, Inc.
(Company)
/s/ Brent J. Beardall
BRENT J. BEARDALL
President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Kelli J. Holz
KELLI J. HOLZ
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

a2025_clawbackpolicy

Clawback Policy Effective February 11, 2025

---

Contents WaFd, Inc. – Clawback Policy Board Approved 2/11/25 CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page ii Contents 1. Objective ............................................................................................................................................. 3 2. Administration .................................................................................................................................... 3 3. Covered Executives ............................................................................................................................ 3 4. Compensation Covered ....................................................................................................................... 4 5. Authority and Obligation to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation ..................................... 5 6. Method of Recovery ........................................................................................................................... 6 7. Enforceability ...................................................................................................................................... 7 8. Policy Not Exclusive ............................................................................................................................ 7 9. No Indemnification ............................................................................................................................. 7 10. Effective Date and Relationship to Prior Policy .................................................................................. 7 11. Required Disclosures ........................................................................................................................... 8 12. Amendment and Termination ............................................................................................................ 8 13. Successors ........................................................................................................................................... 8 EXECUTIVE OFFICER ACKNOWLEDGMENT ................................................................................................. 9

---

Clawback Policy WaFd, Inc. – Clawback Policy Board Approved 2/11/25 CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 3 1. Objective WaFd, Inc. (the “Company”) is committed to conducting business with integrity in accordance with high ethical standards and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. This includes the Company’s commitment to comply with all laws, rules and regulations, including those applicable to the presentation of the Company’s financial information to the public. As a result, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has adopted this Clawback Policy (this “Policy”), which provides for the recovery of certain executive officer incentive-based compensation in the event of an accounting restatement. This Policy is adopted pursuant to and intended to comply with Rule 5608 (Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation) of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) so long as the Company’s securities are listed on Nasdaq. 2. Administration This Policy will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or in the absence of such a committee a majority of the “independent directors” (within the meaning of Nasdaq Rule 5605(a)(2)) serving on the Board (the “Committee”). Except as limited by law, the Committee will have full power, authority, and sole and exclusive discretion to construe, interpret and administer this Policy. The Committee will interpret this Policy consistent with Nasdaq Rule 5608 (Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation) and any Nasdaq guidance issued thereunder, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and any other applicable laws, rules or regulations governing the mandatory recovery of compensation, as such laws, rules or regulations may change, be interpreted or evolve from time to time. Any determinations made by the Committee will be made in its sole discretion and will be final, conclusive and binding on all affected individuals. 3. Covered Executives This Policy will cover the Company’s current and former Executive Officers as determined by the Board from time to time in accordance with Rule 16a-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will include the Company’s chief executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer (or if there is no such accounting officer, the controller), any executive vice president of the Company in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance), any other officer that performs a policy making function for the Company, any other person who performs similar policy-making functions for the Company and Executive Officers of the Company’s

---

Clawback Policy WaFd, Inc. – Clawback Policy Board Approved 2/11/25 CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 4 subsidiaries if such individuals perform such policy-making functions for the Company, and any other officer whose compensation is determined by the Committee per authorization granted by the Board (collectively, the “Covered Executives” and each, a “Covered Executive”). This Policy will cover the Company’s Covered Executives without regard to whether any misconduct occurred or whether a Covered Executive had any responsibility for the erroneous financial statements. “Policy-making function” is not intended to include policy-making functions that are not significant. The identification of an Executive Officer for purposes of this Policy would include at a minimum executive officers identified by the Company pursuant to Item 401(b) of SEC Regulation S-K. 4. Compensation Covered The Policy will apply to all incentive-based compensation paid, granted, earned, vested or otherwise awarded to a Covered Executive, and includes, but is not limited to annual bonuses or incentive compensation, and other short and long term cash incentive awards, stock options, restricted stock awards, performance share awards, and other equity-based awards. Notwithstanding the generality of and in addition to the foregoing, as required under Nasdaq Rule 5608 (Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation), this Policy will apply to all Incentive-Based Compensation Received by a person (in each case, as such terms are defined below): • After beginning service as an Executive Officer of the Company; • Who served as an Executive Officer at any time during the performance period for that Incentive-Based Compensation; • While the Company has a class of securities listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange or a national securities association; and • During the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date that the Company is required to prepare a Restatement (as defined below), plus any transition period (that results from a change in the Company’s fiscal year) within or immediately following those three completed fiscal years; provided, however, that a transition period between the last day of the Company’s previous fiscal year end and the first day of its new fiscal year that comprises a period of nine to 12 months would be deemed a completed fiscal year; and provided, further, that the Company’s obligation to recover erroneously awarded compensation is not dependent on if or when the restated financial statements are filed. For purposes of this Policy, a “Restatement” means an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements, or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period.

---

Clawback Policy WaFd, Inc. – Clawback Policy Board Approved 2/11/25 CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 5 For purpose of determining the relevant recovery period, the date that the Company is required to prepare a Restatement is the earlier to occur of: (i) the date the Company’s Board, a committee of the Board or the officer or officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare a Restatement; or (ii) the date a court, regulator or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare a Restatement. 5. Authority and Obligation to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation In the event of a Restatement and if required under Nasdaq Rule 5608 (Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation), the Company must reasonably promptly recover any Erroneously Awarded Compensation (as defined below) in compliance with this Policy and Nasdaq Rule 5608 (Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation), except to the extent one of the three conditions below is met and the Committee has made a determination that recovery would be impracticable. (A) The direct expense paid to a third party to assist in enforcing this Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered and the Company has made a reasonable attempt to recover any amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation, has documented such reasonable attempt(s) to recover and provided that documentation to Nasdaq. (B) Recovery would violate home country law where that law was adopted prior to November 28, 2022 and the Company has obtained an opinion of home country counsel, acceptable to Nasdaq, that recovery would result in such a violation and has provided such opinion to Nasdaq. (C) Recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(13) or 411(a) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder. The term “Erroneously Awarded Compensation” as used in this Policy means that amount of Incentive- Based Compensation Received (as such terms are defined below) that exceeds the amount of Incentive- Based Compensation that otherwise would have been Received had it been determined based on the restated amounts and must be computed without regard to any taxes paid. For Incentive-Based Compensation based on stock price or total shareholder return, where the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in a Restatement, the amount must be based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Restatement on the stock price or total shareholder return upon which the Incentive-based Compensation

---

Clawback Policy WaFd, Inc. – Clawback Policy Board Approved 2/11/25 CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 6 was Received. The Company must maintain documentation of the determination of that reasonable estimate and provide such documentation to Nasdaq. The term “Incentive-Based Compensation” as used in this Policy means any compensation that is granted, earned or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of a financial reporting measure. The term “Financial Reporting Measures” as used in this Policy means measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, and any measures that are derived wholly or in part from such measures. Financial reporting measures include, without limitation, stock price and total shareholder return, and may include non-GAAP financial measures. A financial reporting measure need not be presented within the Company’s financial statements or included in an SEC filing to constitute a financial reporting measure for this purpose. Incentive-Based Compensation is deemed “Received” as such term is used in this Policy by an Executive Officer in the Company’s fiscal period during which the financial reporting measure specified in the Incentive-Based Compensation award is attained, even if the payment or grant of the Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after the end of that period. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, “Incentive-Based Compensation” is intended to be interpreted and construed broadly and includes with respect to any plan that takes into account incentive- based compensation (other than a tax-qualified plan) any amount contributed to a notional account based on erroneously awarded compensation and any earnings accrued to date on that notional account. Such plans include without limitation long-term disability plans, life insurance plans, supplemental executive retirement plans and other compensation, if it is based on incentive-based compensation. 6. Method of Recovery The Committee will determine, in its sole discretion, the method for recovering Incentive Compensation or Erroneously Awarded Compensation hereunder, which may include, without limitation, any one or more of the following: • requiring reimbursement of cash Incentive Compensation previously paid; • seeking recovery of any gain realized on the vesting, exercise, settlement, sale, transfer or other disposition of any equity-based awards; • cancelling or rescinding some or all outstanding vested or unvested equity-based awards; • adjusting or withholding from unpaid compensation or other set-off; • cancelling or setting-off against planned future grants of equity-based awards; and/or • any other method authorized by applicable law or contract.

---

Clawback Policy WaFd, Inc. – Clawback Policy Board Approved 2/11/25 CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 7 7. Enforceability In addition to the adoption of this Policy, the Company will take steps to implement an agreement to this Policy by all Covered Executives. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Covered Executives subject to this Policy is required to sign and return to the Company the Acknowledgement Form attached hereto as Exhibit A pursuant to which such Covered Executive will agree to be bound by the terms and comply with this Policy. 8. Policy Not Exclusive Any recovery under this Policy is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies or rights of recovery that may be available to the Company pursuant to the terms of any similar policy in any employment agreement, incentive or equity compensation plan or award or other agreement and any other legal rights or remedies available to the Company. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, to the extent that the requirements under the provisions of Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or other applicable law are broader than the provisions in this Policy, the provisions of such law will apply. 9. No Indemnification The Company will not indemnify or agree to indemnify any Covered Executive against the loss of Erroneously Awarded Compensation or Incentive Compensation that is subject to this Policy nor will the Company pay or agree to pay any insurance premium to cover the loss of Erroneously Awarded Compensation or Incentive Compensation. 10. Effective Date and Relationship to Prior Policy The effective date of this Policy is October 2, 2023 (the “Effective Date”) and will apply to all Incentive Compensation that is approved, awarded or granted to Covered Executives on or after the Effective Date, except as otherwise agreed by any Covered Executive or pursuant to the terms of any Company plan regarding Incentive Compensation, and Incentive-Based Compensation Received by the Company’s current or former Executive Officers on or after the Effective Date. This Policy supersedes and replaces the Company’s Clawback Policy, as adopted by the Board on February 14, 2023, with respect to all Incentive Compensation received by any Covered Executives on or after the

---

Clawback Policy WaFd, Inc. – Clawback Policy Board Approved 2/11/25 CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 8 Effective Date and all Incentive-Based Compensation Received by the Company’s current and former Executive Officers on or after the Effective Date. 11. Required Disclosures The Company will file all disclosures with respect to this Policy in accordance with the requirements of the federal securities laws, including the disclosure required by the applicable SEC filings and will provide all required SEC and other disclosures regarding this Policy and in the event of a Restatement. 12. Amendment and Termination The Committee may amend, modify or terminate this Policy in whole or in part at any time in its sole discretion and may adopt such rules and procedures that it deems necessary or appropriate to implement this Policy or to comply with applicable laws, rules, and regulations including without limitation Nasdaq Rule 5608 (Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation). 13. Successors This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all Covered Executives and their respective beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators, or other legal representatives. * * * * * Approved by the Board of Directors of WaFd, Inc. February 11, 2025

---

Clawback Policy WaFd, Inc. – Clawback Policy Board Approved 2/11/25 CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY © 2025 WaFd Bank. All rights reserved. Page 9 EXECUTIVE OFFICER ACKNOWLEDGMENT By signing below, the undersigned agrees to be bound fully by the terms of the Company's Clawback Policy (the “Policy”), a copy of which is attached hereto, in respect of any Incentive-Based Compensation to be awarded in the future under any Company plan, policy or arrangement or on a discretionary basis whether or not pursuant to any plan. The undersigned acknowledges that the Policy will apply both during and after the undersigned’s employment with WaFd, Inc., and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Further, by signing below, the undersigned agrees to abide by the terms of the Policy, including, without limitation, by returning any Incentive Compensation, including any Erroneously Awarded Compensation (in each case, as defined in the Policy), to WaFd, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries to the extent required by, and in a manner permitted by, the Policy. Signature: _____________________________ Print Name: ____________________________ Date: __________________________________

---